-
1 Pliny the Elder (Gaius Plinius Secundus)
SUBJECT AREA: Metallurgy[br]b. c. 23 AD Como, Italyd. 25 August 79 AD near Pompeii, Italy[br]Roman encyclopedic writer on the natural world.[br]Pliny was well educated in Rome, and for ten years or so followed a military career with which he was able to combine literary work, writing especially on historical subjects. He completed his duties c. 57 AD and concentrated on writing until he resumed his official career in 69 AD with administrative duties. During this last phase he began work on his only extant work, the thirty-seven "books" of his Historia Naturalis (Natural History), each dealing with a broad subject such as astronomy, geography, mineralogy, etc. His last post was the command of the fleet based at Misenum, which came to an end when he sailed too near Vesuvius during the eruption that engulfed Pompeii and he was overcome by the fumes.Pliny developed an insatiable curiosity about the natural world. Unlike the Greeks, the Romans made few original contributions to scientific thought and observation, but some made careful compilations of the learning and observations of Greek scholars. The most notable and influential of these was the Historia Naturalis. To the ideas about the natural world gleaned from earlier Greek authors, he added information about natural history, mineral resources, crafts and some technological processes, such as the extraction of metals from their ores, reported to him from the corners of the Empire. He added a few observations of his own, noted during travels on his official duties. Not all the reports were reliable, and the work often presents a tangled web of fact and fable. Gibbon described it as an immense register in which the author has "deposited the discoveries, the arts, and the errors of mankind". Pliny was indefatigable in his relentless note-taking, even dictating to his secretary while dining.During the Dark Ages and early Middle Ages in Western Europe, Pliny's Historia Naturalis was the largest known collection of facts about the natural world and was drawn upon freely by a succession of later writers. Its influence survived the influx into Western Europe, from the twelfth century, of translations of the works of Greek and Arab scholars. After the invention of printing in the middle of the fifteenth century, Pliny was the first work on a scientific subject to be printed, in 1469. Many editions followed and it may still be consulted with profit for its insights into technical knowledge and practice in the ancient world.[br]BibliographyThe standard Latin text with English translation is that edited by H.Rackham et al.(1942– 63, Loeb Classical Library, London: Heinemann, 10 vols). The French version is by A.Further ReadingThe editions mentioned above include useful biographical and other details. For special aspects of Pliny, see K.C.Bailey, 1929–32, The Elder Pliny's Chapters on Chemical Subjects, London, 2 vols.LRDBiographical history of technology > Pliny the Elder (Gaius Plinius Secundus)
-
2 medio
adj.1 half a, half, half an, mid.2 average.3 half-way, halfway.4 one-half.adv.half-way, half, kind of, partially.m.1 means, manner, mode, way.2 center, midway, midst.3 medium, instrument, means.4 environment.5 halfback.6 medium.pres.indicat.1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: mediar.* * *► adjetivo1 (mitad) half2 (intermedio) middle3 (de promedio) average■ una velocidad media de... an average speed of...► adverbio1 half■ medio terminado,-a half-finished1 (mitad) half2 (centro) middle3 (contexto - físico) environment4 (social) circle1 (recursos) means\equivocarse de medio a medio to get it all wrongestar (todo) por el medio to be in the wayponerse en medio to get in the waypor medio de through, by means ofpor todos los medios by all meansquitar algo/alguien de en medio to get something/somebody out of the waymedia aritmética arithmetic meanmedio ambiente environmentmedio fondo middle-distancemedios de comunicación (mass) mediamedios de transporte means of transport————————1 (mitad) half2 (centro) middle3 (contexto - físico) environment4 (social) circle* * *1. (f. - media)adj.1) middle2) half3) average4) medium2. adv.1) half2) rather3. noun m.1) middle2) element3) medium4) means•* * *1. ADJ1) (=la mitad de) halfmedia pensión — [en hotel] half-board
•
media luna — (Astron) half-moonasta, luz 1), mundo 2), naranja 1., 3), palabra 1), voz 1), vuelta 1)la Media Luna — [en el Islam] the Crescent
2) (=intermedio)plazo•
a medio camino, estamos a medio camino — we're halfway there3) (=promedio) averagetérmino 2)4) (=normal) average5)• a medias, lo dejó hecho a medias — he left it half-done
lo pagamos a medias — we share o split the cost
2. ADV1) [con adjetivo] halfes medio tonto — he's not very bright, he's a bit on the slow side
2) [con verbo, adverbio]está a medio escribir/terminar — it is half-written/finished
3) LAm (=bastante) rather, quite, pretty *3. SM1) (=centro) middle, centre, center (EEUU)justo en el medio de la plaza hay una fuente — there's a fountain right in the middle o centre of the square
•
de en medio, la casa de en medio — the middle house•
de por medio, hay droga de por medio — drugs are involveddía (de) por medio — LAm every other day
•
en medio, iba a besarla, pero él se puso en medio — I was going to kiss her, but he got between us•
por medio de, pasar por medio de — to go through (the middle of)de medio a medio —
2) (Dep) midfieldermedio apertura — (Rugby) fly-half
medio (de) melé — (Rugby) scrum-half
3) (=método) means pl, wayno hay medio de conseguirlo — there is no way of getting it, it's impossible to get
poner todos los medios para hacer algo, no regatear medios para hacer algo — to spare no effort to do sth
•
por medio de, se mueve por medio de poleas — it moves by means of o using a pulley systemrespira por medio de las agallas — it breathes through o using o by means of its gills
lo consiguió por medio de chantajes — he obtained it by o through blackmail
5) pl medios (=recursos) means, resources6) (Bio) (tb: medio ambiente) environment7) (=círculo) circleencontrarse en su medio — to be in one's element o milieu
* * *I- dia adjetivo1) (delante del n) ( la mitad de)medio litro — half a liter, a half-liter
pagar medio pasaje — to pay half fare o half price
media hora — half an hour, a half hour (AmE)
a media mañana/tarde dio un paseo — he went for a mid-morning/mid-afternoon stroll
2) (mediano, promedio) averageIIel ciudadano/mexicano medio — the average citizen/Mexican
adverbio halfIIIestá medio loca/dormida — she's half crazy/asleep
1) (Mat) ( mitad) half2)a) ( centro) middleen (el) medio de la habitación — in the middle o center of the room
el asiento de en or del medio — the middle seat, the seat in the middle
quitarse de en or del medio — to get out of the way
quitar a alguien de en medio — (euf) to bump somebody off (colloq)
b) los medios masculino plural (Taur) center* ( of the ring)3)a) (recurso, manera) means (pl)no hay medio de localizarlo — there's no way o means of locating him
b) (Art) ( vehículo) tbc) medios masculino plural ( recursos económicos) tbmedios económicos — means (pl), resources (pl)
no cuenta con los medios necesarios para hacerlo — she does not have the means o resources to do it
4) (en locs)de por medio: no puedo dejarlo, están los niños de por medio I can't leave him, there are the children to think of; hay intereses creados de por medio there are vested interests involved; había un árbol de por medio there was a tree in the way; en medio de: en medio de tanta gente (in) among so many people; cómo puedes trabajar en medio de este desorden how can you work in all this mess; en medio de la confusión in o amid all the confusion; en medio de todo all things considered; por medio (CS, Per): día/semana por medio every other day/week; dos o tres casas por medio every two or three houses; por medio de by means of; se comunicaban por medio de este sistema they communicated by means of this system; por medio de tu primo from o through your cousin; de medio a medio: te equivocas de medio a medio you're completely wrong; le acertó de medio a medio — she was absolutely right
5)a) (círculo, ámbito)en medios literarios/políticos — in literary/political circles
es desconocido en nuestro medio — he's unknown here (o in our area etc)
en medios bien informados se comenta que... — informed opinion has it that...
b) (Biol) environmentla adaptación al medio — adaptation to one's environment o surroundings
•* * *I- dia adjetivo1) (delante del n) ( la mitad de)medio litro — half a liter, a half-liter
pagar medio pasaje — to pay half fare o half price
media hora — half an hour, a half hour (AmE)
a media mañana/tarde dio un paseo — he went for a mid-morning/mid-afternoon stroll
2) (mediano, promedio) averageIIel ciudadano/mexicano medio — the average citizen/Mexican
adverbio halfIIIestá medio loca/dormida — she's half crazy/asleep
1) (Mat) ( mitad) half2)a) ( centro) middleen (el) medio de la habitación — in the middle o center of the room
el asiento de en or del medio — the middle seat, the seat in the middle
quitarse de en or del medio — to get out of the way
quitar a alguien de en medio — (euf) to bump somebody off (colloq)
b) los medios masculino plural (Taur) center* ( of the ring)3)a) (recurso, manera) means (pl)no hay medio de localizarlo — there's no way o means of locating him
b) (Art) ( vehículo) tbc) medios masculino plural ( recursos económicos) tbmedios económicos — means (pl), resources (pl)
no cuenta con los medios necesarios para hacerlo — she does not have the means o resources to do it
4) (en locs)de por medio: no puedo dejarlo, están los niños de por medio I can't leave him, there are the children to think of; hay intereses creados de por medio there are vested interests involved; había un árbol de por medio there was a tree in the way; en medio de: en medio de tanta gente (in) among so many people; cómo puedes trabajar en medio de este desorden how can you work in all this mess; en medio de la confusión in o amid all the confusion; en medio de todo all things considered; por medio (CS, Per): día/semana por medio every other day/week; dos o tres casas por medio every two or three houses; por medio de by means of; se comunicaban por medio de este sistema they communicated by means of this system; por medio de tu primo from o through your cousin; de medio a medio: te equivocas de medio a medio you're completely wrong; le acertó de medio a medio — she was absolutely right
5)a) (círculo, ámbito)en medios literarios/políticos — in literary/political circles
es desconocido en nuestro medio — he's unknown here (o in our area etc)
en medios bien informados se comenta que... — informed opinion has it that...
b) (Biol) environmentla adaptación al medio — adaptation to one's environment o surroundings
•* * *medio1= middle, one-half (1/2).Ex: The purpose of the insert key is to allow the insertion of one or more characters in the middle of a field without disturbing the information already displayed.
Ex: The output of paperbacks accounted for one-third of the total US book production by 1962; nearly one-half of the fiction produced and a quarter of the available titles.* Alta Edad Media, la = Early Middle Ages, the, High Middle Ages, the, Dark Ages, the.* a media asta = at half-mast, at half staff.* a media mañana = mid-morning.* a medias entre... y... = betwixt and between.* a medio abrir = half-opened.* a medio camino = halfway [half-way/half way].* a medio comprender = half-understood.* a medio formar = half-formed.* a medio fuego = medium heat.* a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.* a medio plazo = near-term, in the medium term, medium-term, in the mid-term, mid-term [midterm].* a medio rimar = half-rhymed.* a medio vestir = partly dressed, half dressed.* arco de medio punto = round arch.* baja Edad Media, la = late Middle Ages, the.* barba de media tarde = five o'clock shadow.* clase media = middle class.* cocer a medias = parboil.* comprendido a medias = half-understood.* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.* de la edad media = dark-age.* del medio = middle.* del Medio Oriente = Middle Eastern.* de media jornada = half-day [half day].* de media mañana = mid-morning.* de medio día de duración = half-day [half day].* de medio pelo = small-time.* de talla media = middle-sized.* dividir por medio = rend in + two.* Edad Media = mediaeval ages [medieval ages, -USA], Middle Ages.* edición media = medium edition.* en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.* en medio de = amidst, in the midst of, in the throes of, right in, amid.* entender a medias = pick up + the fag-ends.* enterarse a medias = pick up + the fag-ends.* entre medias = in between.* estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....* estar en medio de = caught in the middle.* estar justo en medio de = stand + squarely in.* foto de medio cuerpo = mugshot [mug shot].* haber dinero de por medio = money + change hands.* haber una transacción económica de por medio = money + change hands.* habitante del Medio Oriente = Middle Easterner.* histeria a medias = semi-hysteria.* Hora + y media = half past + Hora.* IME (Integración a Media Escala) = MSI (Medium Scale Integration).* justo en el medio (de) = plumb in the middle (of).* letra rota o a medio imprimir = broken letter.* línea de medio campo = halfway line.* media docena = half a dozen, half-dozen.* media hora = half-hour.* Media Luna Roja, la = Red Crescent, the.* media luz = half-light.* media pensión = half board.* media tinta = Mezzotint.* media verdad = half truth, half-fact.* media vuelta = about-face.* medio abierto = half-opened, half-way open.* medio administrativo = quasi-clerical.* medio adormilado = bleary-eyed.* medio despierto = drowsily, groggily, bleary-eyed.* medio día = one-half day.* medio dormido = drowsily, groggily, groggy [groggier -comp., groggiest -sup.].* medio en broma = tongue-in-cheek.* medio + Expresión Temporal = half + a + Expresión Temporal.* medio hecho = halfway done, half done.* Medio Oeste, el = Midwest, the.* Medio Oriente = Middle East.* medio pliego = half-sheet.* medio sumergido = half-submerged.* medio vacío = half-empty.* medio vestido = partly dressed, half dressed.* nacido en medio = middleborn.* nivel medio de gestión = middle management.* pantalones de media caña = knee breeches, jodhpurs.* partir por medio = rend in + two.* Pasado = half + Pasado/Participio.* ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).* Posesivo + media naranja = Posesivo + significant other, Posesivo + better half, Posesivo + other half.* punto medio = mid-point.* quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.* quitarse de en medio = take + Nombre + out.* quitarse del medio = run for + cover.* sin obstáculos de por medio = uncluttered.* tener un problema medio resuelto = have + problem half licked.* tentempié de media mañana = elevenses.* un día y medio = one and a half days.* verdad a medias = half truth, half-fact.* verse en medio de = caught in the middle.medio22 = average, mainline, mainstream.Ex: The average family does have very real information needs, even though these may not be immediately recognized as such.
Ex: This is 'scientific journalism' at its worst, but its standards are not wholly different from those of the mainline press.Ex: Some children may be constrained by a mainstream curriculum that does not match their ability level.* ciudadano medio, el = average man, the.* como término medio = on average.* de nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].* de nivel medio = medium level [medium-level], middle-range.* de precio medio = medium-priced.* de talle medio = medium-length.* de tamaño medio = medium-sized, mid-sized [midsized], middle-sized, mid-size [midsize].* de tipo medio = middle-range.* el ciudadano medio = the average Joe.* hombre medio, el = average person, the.* la ciudadana media = the average Jane.* nivel de dominio medio = working knowledge.* persona con nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].* por término medio = on average.* precio medio = average price.* tener por término medio = average.* término medio = compromise, balance.* valor medio = midrange, mean value.medio33 = instrumentality, means, vehicle.Nota: Sentido figurado.Ex: But there are signs of a change as new and powerful instrumentalities come into use.
Ex: The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.Ex: This journal serves as a vehicle for the continuing education of librarians, as a showcase for current practice and as a spotlight for significant activities.* alfabetización en los medios de comunicación = media literacy.* anuncios en los medios de comunicación = media releases.* aprendizaje a través de medios electrónicos = online learning.* aprendizaje por medio del ordenador = computer-based learning (CBL).* bibliotecario de medios audiovisuales = library media specialist.* bien dotado de medios = well-resourced.* bien equipado de medios = well-resourced.* búsqueda por medio de menús = menu-assisted searching.* búsqueda por medio de órdenes = command search.* codificación por medio de códigos de barras = barcoding [bar-coding].* codificar por medio de códigos de barras = barcode [bar-code].* conducir por medio de tubos = duct.* confundir los medios con el fin = confuse + the means with the ends.* con medios insuficientes = on a shoestring (budget).* con medios muy escasos = on a shoestring (budget).* con medios muy exiguos = on a shoestring (budget).* con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).* con todos los medios a + Posesivo + alcance = with all the means at + Posesivo + disposal.* desplazamiento por medio del ordenador = computer commuting.* documentalista de los medios de comunicación = news librarian.* dotar de medios = resource.* el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.* empresa de medios de comunicación = media company.* enseñanza a través de medios electrónicos = online education.* enseñanza por medio del ordenador (CBI) = computer-based instruction (CBI).* entrevista en los medios de comunicación = media interview.* equipar de medios = resource.* exceso de medios = overkill.* expansión de una búsqueda por medio del tesauro = thesaurus expansion.* industria de los medios de comunicación de masas = mass communications industry.* interfaz por medio de gráficos = graphics interfacing.* máquina de registro de préstamos por medio de la fotografía = photocharger, photocharging machine.* medio de ahorro = economy measure.* medio de almacenamiento = storage medium.* medio de almacenamiento físico = physical storage media.* medio de comunicación = medium [media, -pl.].* medio de interpretación = medium of performance.* medio de transmisión = conduit.* medio físico = physical medium.* medios = ways and means.* medios de almacenamiento digital = digital media.* medios de almacenamiento óptico = optical storage media.* medios de comunicación = news media.* medios de comunicación de masas = mass media, mass communications media, communications media, communications media.* medios de comunicación social = mass media.* medios de microalmacenamiento de la información = microstorage media.* medios de producción = means of production.* medios digitalizados de almacenamiento de información = digitised media.* medios económicos = economic resources.* medios, los = wherewithal, the, means, the.* medios oficiales = official channels.* medios técnicos = IT capabilities.* medios visuales = visual media.* mostrar por medio de cambio de intensidad en el brillo = flash up.* multimedia = multimedia [multi-media].* mundo de los medios de comunicación, el = mediascape, the.* por medio = out of.* por medio de = by means of, by way of, in the form of, through, via, via the medium of, by dint of.* por medio de isótopos = isotopically.* por medio de otro(s) = by proxy.* por medio de una agencia = on a bureau basis.* por todos los medios = by all means.* proporcionar los medios para = provide + the material for.* ser un medio para llegar a un fin = be the means to an end.* streaming media = streaming media.* técnica de recuperación por medio de la lógica difusa = fuzzy IR technique.* terapia por medio de aromas = aroma therapy.* tratar por todos los medios de = take + (great) pains to.* tratar por todos los medios de + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.* un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.* un medio para conseguir un fin = a means to an end.* un medio para llegar a fin = a means to an end.* utilizar al máximo por medio del ordenador = explode.* * *A ( delante del n)(la mitad de): medio litro half a liter, a half-litermedio kilo de harina half a kilo of flourmedia docena de huevos half a dozen eggs, a half-dozen eggs¿quieres media manzana? do you want half an apple?los niños pagan medio billete or pasaje children pay half fare o half priceun retrato de medio cuerpo a half-length portraitllevo media hora esperando I've been waiting for half an hourla última media hora es muy divertida the last half hour is very entertaininghay trenes a y cinco y a y media there are trains at five past and half past (the hour)aún faltan dos horas y media para que empiece la función there are still two and a half hours to go before the show startssi se lo dices a él mañana lo sabe medio Buenos Aires if you tell him, half (of) Buenos Aires will know by tomorrowla bandera ondea a media asta the flag is flying at half-mastla falda le llega a media pierna she's wearing a calf-length skirta media mañana/tarde siempre da un paseo he always goes for a mid-morning/mid-afternoon stroll, he always goes for a stroll mid-morning/mid-afternoon¿qué haces aquí leyendo a media luz? what are you doing in here reading in such poor light?la habitación estaba a media luz the room was dimly litCompuestos:habla con or (CS) en medioa lengua he talks in baby languagela deliciosa medioa lengua de los dos años the delightful way a two-year-old talksA ( Astron) half-moonen forma de medioa luna crescent-shapedla Medio Luna de las tierras fértiles the Fertile CrescentB (de las uñas) half-moonD(organización): la Medioa Luna Roja the Red Crescentfeminine short sleevellevaba un vestido de medioa manga she was wearing a dress with short sleeves o a short-sleeved dresstodavía no ha encontrado su medioa naranja (el hombre ideal) Mr Right hasn't come along yet; (la mujer ideal) he hasn't found his ideal woman yetvino con su medioa naranja he/she came along with his/her better half ( colloq hum)feminine (en hoteles) half board(en colegios): los alumnos en régimen de medioa pensión pupils who have school dinnersfpl:me lo dijo con medioas palabras she didn't say it in so many wordsfeminine half sole, solefeminine half volleya medioa voz in a low voicehablaban a medioa voz they were talking in low voices(se) dio medioa vuelta y se fue she turned on her heel o she turned around and leftmasculine and feminine fly half, outside halfmasculine midfieldmasculine and feminine scrum halfmasculine and feminine middle-distance runnermasculine middle-distance● medio hermano, media hermanamasculine, femininemasculine half-mourning● medio pupilo, media pupila or medio pupilamasculine, feminine (CS) day pupillos medio pupilos the day pupils( AmL) half-timeB (mediano, promedio) averageel cuidadano/mexicano medio the average citizen/Mexicanbarrios madrileños de standing alto a medio middle to upper-class districts of Madrida medio y largo plazo in the medium and long termtécnico de grado medio technician who has taken a three-year course rather than a five-year degree coursela temperatura media es de 22 grados the average temperature is 22 degreesC1(de manera incompleta): dejó el trabajo a medios he left the work half-finishedme dijo la verdad a medios she didn't tell me the whole truth o storylo arregló a medios he didn't fix it properly2(entre dos): voy a comprar un número de lotería ¿vamos a medios? I'm going to buy a lottery ticket. Do you want to go halves?pagar a medios to pay half each, go halveslo hicimos a medios we did it between usD( Chi fam) ( delante del n) (uso enfático): el medio auto que se gasta just look at the car he drives!halfestá medio borracha/loca she's half drunk/crazylo dejaron allí medio muerto they left him there half deadfue medio violento encontrármelo ahí it was rather awkward meeting him thereme lo dijo medio en broma medio en serio she said it half joking and half serioustodo lo deja a medio hacer he never finishes anything, he leaves everything half finishedmedio como que se molestó cuando se lo dije (CS fam); she got kind of o sort of annoyed when I told her ( colloq)B1 (centro) middleen (el) medio de la habitación in the middle o center of the roomel botón de en or del medio the middle button, the button in the middleel justo medio the happy mediumquítate de en or del medio, que no me dejas ver get out of the way, I can't seeC1 (recurso, manera) means (pl)lo intentaron por todos los medios they tried everything they couldno hay medio de localizarlo there's no way o means of locating himhizo lo que pudo con los medios a su alcance she did everything she could with the resources at her disposalcomo medio de coacción as a means of coercion2 ( Art) (vehículo) tbmedio de expresión mediumno escatimó medios he spared no expensea pesar de los escasos medios de que dispone in spite of his limited meansno cuenta con los medios necesarios para hacerlo she does not have the means o resources to do itCompuestos:la entrevista concedida a un medio de comunicación francés the interview given to a French newspaper ( o television station etc)los medios de comunicación the medialos medios de comunicación sociales or de masas the mass mediameans of transport( Méx) legal challengempl audiovisual aids (pl)mpl:los medio de producción the means of productionD ( en locs):de por medio: no puedo dejarlo, están los niños de por medio I can't leave him, there are the children to think ofhay muchos intereses creados de por medio there are a lot of vested interests involveden medio de: en medio de tanta gente (in) among so many peopleno sé cómo puedes trabajar en medio de este desorden I don't know how you can work in all this messen medio de la confusión in o amid all the confusionen medio de todo all things considereden medio de todo más vale así all things considered, it's probably better this waypor medio (CS, Per): día/semana por medio every other day/weekdos o tres casas por medio every two or three housespor medio de: nos enteramos por medio de tu primo we found out from o through your cousinatrapa su presa por medio de estas pinzas it catches its prey by using these pincersse comunicaban por medio de este sistema they communicated by means of this systemobtuvo el puesto por medio de estas influencias she got the job through these contactsde medio a medio: te equivocas de medio a medio you're completely wrong o utterly mistakenle acertó de medio a medio she was absolutely rightE1(círculo, ámbito): en medios literarios/políticos in literary/political circlesno está en su medio he's out of his elementun artista prácticamente desconocido en nuestro medio (Col, CS); an artist who is practically unknown here o in our country ( o area etc)en medios bien informados se comenta que … informed opinion has it that …2 ( Biol) environmentestos animales no sobreviven fuera de su medio natural these animals do not survive if removed from their natural habitatla adaptación al medio adaptation to one's environment o surroundingsCompuesto:environmentque no daña el medio ambiente eco-friendly, environmentally friendlyF (dedo) middle fingerG (moneda) five centavo or centésimo coin formerly used in some Latin American countriesel que nace para medio nunca llega a real if you don't have what it takes, you won't get on in the world* * *
Del verbo mediar: ( conjugate mediar)
medio es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo
medió es:
3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo
Multiple Entries:
mediar
medio
mediar ( conjugate mediar) verbo intransitivo
medio EN algo ‹en conflicto/negociaciones› to mediate in sth, to act as mediator in sthb) ( interceder) medio POR algn to intercede for sb;
medio ANTE algn to intercede o intervene with sb
medio 1◊ - dia adjetivo
1 ( delante del n) ( la mitad de):
media manzana half an apple;
pagar medio pasaje to pay half fare o half price;
media hora half an hour, a half hour (AmE);
dos horas y media two and a half hours;
a las cinco y media at half past five;
a media mañana/tarde in the middle of the morning/afternoon;
a medio camino halfway;
media pensión ( en hoteles) half board;
(se) dio medio vuelta y se fue she turned on her heel and left;
un jugador de medio campo a midfield player;
medio tiempo (AmL) half-time;
mi media naranja (fam &
hum) my better half (colloq & hum)
2 (mediano, promedio) average;
a medio y largo plazo in the medium and long term
medio 2 adverbio
half;
todo lo deja a medio terminar he leaves everything half finished
■ sustantivo masculino
1 (Mat) ( mitad) half
2 ( centro) middle;◊ en (el) medio de la habitación in the middle o center of the room;
quitarse de en or del medio to get out of the way
3
los medios de comunicación the media;
medio de transporte means of transportb)◊ medios sustantivo masculino plural ( recursos económicos) tb medios económicos means (pl), resources (pl)
4 ( en locs)◊ en medio de: en medio de tanta gente (in) among so many people;
en medio de la confusión in o amid all the confusion;
por medio (CS, Per): día/semana por medio every other day/week;
dos casas por medio every two houses;
por medio de (de proceso/técnica) by means of;
por medio de tu primo from o through your cousin
5a) (círculo, ámbito):◊ en medios literarios/políticos in literary/political circles;
no está en su medio he's out of his elementb) (Biol) environment;
medio ambiente environment;
que no da daña el medio ambiente eco-friendly, environmentally friendly
mediar verbo intransitivo
1 (arbitrar, intervenir) to mediate: España mediará en el conflicto, Spain will mediate in the conflict
2 (interceder) to intercede: mediará por ti, she'll intercede on your behalf
3 (interponerse) media la circunstancia de que..., you must take into account that...
4 (periodo de tiempo) to pass: mediaron un par de días, two days passed
medio,-a
I adjetivo
1 (mitad) half: sólo queda medio melón, there is only half a melon left
una hora y media, an hour and a half
2 (no extremo) middle
a media tarde, in the middle of the afternoon
clase media, middle class
punto medio, middle ground
3 (prototípico) average: la calidad media es baja, the average quality is poor
la mujer media, the average woman
II adverbio half: el trabajo está medio hecho, the work is half done
III sustantivo masculino
1 (mitad) half
2 (centro) middle
en medio de la batalla, in the midst of the battle
en medio de los árboles, among the trees
(entre dos) in between the trees
un barco en medio del desierto, a ship in the middle of the desert
sal de ahí en medio, get out of the way
3 (instrumento, vía) means: el fin no justifica los medios, the aim doesn't justify the means
4 (entorno) enviroment
un medio hostil, a hostile enviroment
' medio' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
achuchar
- adivinarse
- ambiente
- calle
- camino
- coger
- conducto
- coralina
- coralino
- cuerpo
- Ecuador
- elemento
- en
- entorno
- habitar
- lado
- locomoción
- media
- ocupante
- odisea
- oriente
- perder
- por
- radical
- recurso
- sacar
- tener
- término
- tierra
- través
- a
- alzado
- arma
- atontado
- caja
- canal
- derruido
- destruir
- día
- efectivo
- gusto
- hombre
- hostil
- instrumento
- ir
- loco
- Medio Oriente
- mejor
- menos
- meter
English:
about
- air
- and
- average
- backdrop
- between
- bread
- call away
- canter
- centre
- cobble together
- discern
- East
- end
- environment
- environmentalist
- envoy
- freight
- half
- half-dead
- half-dressed
- half-empty
- half-full
- half-open
- half-serious
- half-way
- mean
- means
- medium
- medium-term
- mid
- middle
- Middle East
- middleweight
- midst
- moderate
- on
- over
- part
- resource
- Roman arch
- rough up
- sandwich course
- scrum-half
- semiliterate
- shelf
- slush
- slushy
- stimulate
- television
* * *medio, -a♦ adj1. [igual a la mitad] half;media docena half a dozen;media hora half an hour;medio litro half a litre;el estadio registra media entrada the stadium is half full;medio pueblo estaba allí half the town was there;medio Quito se quedó sin electricidad half of Quito was left without electricity;la bandera ondeaba a media asta the flag was flying at half mast;a medio camino [en viaje] halfway there;[en trabajo] halfway through;a media luz in the half-light;como algo a media mañana I have something to eat halfway through the morning, I have a mid-morning snack;docena y media one and a half dozen;un kilo y medio one and a half kilos;son las dos y media it's half past two;son y media it's half pastAndes, Méx, Ven medio fondo waist petticoat o slip;la media luna the crescent;la Media Luna Roja the Red Crescent;Fam Fig media naranja:media pensión half board;CSur medio pupilo [que va a dormir a casa] day pupil; [que va a casa el fin de semana] boarder;media suela half-sole;media volea half volley2. [intermedio] [estatura, tamaño] medium;[posición, punto] middle;de una calidad media of average quality;a medio plazo in the medium term;de clase media middle-class;a media distancia in the middle distancemedio campo midfield; Am medio tiempo half-time3. [de promedio] [temperatura, velocidad] average;Mat mean;el consumo medio de agua por habitante the average water consumption per head of the population;a una velocidad media de 50 km/h at an average speed of 50 km/h4. [corriente] ordinary, average;el ciudadano medio the average person, ordinary people♦ advhalf;medio borracho half drunk;estaba medio muerto he was half dead;a medio hacer half done;han dejado la obra a medio hacer they've left the building half finished;aún estoy a medio arreglar I'm only half ready;pasé la noche medio en vela I barely slept all night, I spent half the night awake♦ nm1. [mitad] half;uno y medio one and a half2. [centro] middle, centre;en medio (de) in the middle (of);estaba incómoda en medio de toda aquella gente I felt uncomfortable among all those people;está en medio de una profunda depresión she's in the middle of a deep depression;no se oía nada en medio de tanto ruido you couldn't hear a thing with all that noise;han puesto una valla en medio they've put a fence in the way;si te pones en medio no veo la tele I can't see the TV if you're in the way;quítate de en medio get out of the way;siempre tienes todas tus cosas por medio your things are always lying around all over the place;estar por (en) medio [estorbar] to be in the way;hay muchos intereses de por medio there are a lot of interests involved;Fig [entrometerse] to interfere;equivocarse de medio a medio to be completely wrong;Famquitar de en medio a alguien to get rid of sb;quitarse de en medio [suicidarse] to do away with oneself3. [sistema, manera] means [singular or plural], method;utilice cualquier medio a su alcance use whatever means are available, use every means available;encontró un medio para pagar menos impuestos she found a way of paying less tax;no hay medio de convencerla she refuses to be convinced;por medio de by means of, through;ha encontrado trabajo por medio de un conocido she got a job through an acquaintance;por todos los medios by all possible means;intentaré conseguir ese trabajo por todos los medios I'll do whatever it takes to get that job;su medio de vida es la chatarra he earns his living from scrap metallos medios de comunicación the media;medios de comunicación electrónicos electronic media;los medios de comunicación de masas the mass media;los medios de difusión the media;medio de expresión medium;los medios de información the media;medios de producción means of production;4.medios [recursos] means, resources;no cuenta con los medios económicos para realizarlo she lacks the means o the (financial) resources to do it5. [elemento físico] environment;animales que viven en el medio acuático animals that live in an aquatic environmentmedio ambiente environment; Biol medio de cultivo culture medium;medio físico physical environment6. [ámbito]el medio rural/urbano the countryside/city;en medios financieros/políticos in financial/political circles;en medios bien informados in well-informed circles[en rugby] halfback medio (de) apertura [en rugby] fly half, stand-off;medio (de) melé [en rugby] scrum half9. CompCSur Famni medio: no oye ni medio he's as deaf as a post;no entiende ni medio she hasn't got a clue;por medio: nado día por medio I swim every other day* * *I adj1 half;las tres y media half past three, three-thirty;a medio camino halfway2 tamaño medium3 (de promedio) average4 posición middleII m1 ( entorno) environment2 en fútbol midfielder3 ( centro) middle;en medio de in the middle of4 ( manera) means;por medio de by means of;III adv half;hacer algo a medias half do sth;ir a medias go halves;a medio hacer half done;de medio a medio completely;día por medio L.Am. every other day;quitar de en medio algo fam move sth out of the way;quitarse de en medio get out of the way* * *medio adv1) : halfestá medio dormida: she's half asleep2) : rather, kind ofestá medio aburrida esta fiesta: this party is rather boring1) : halfuna media hora: half an hourmedio hermano: half brothera media luz: in the half-lightson las tres y media: it's half past three, it's three-thirty2) : midway, halfwaya medio camino: halfway there3) : middlela clase media: the middle class4) : averagela temperatura media: the average temperaturemedio nm1) centro: middle, centeren medio de: in the middle of, amid2) ambiente: milieu, environment3) : medium, spiritualist4) : means pl, waypor medio de: by means oflos medios de comunicación: the media5) medios nmpl: means, resources* * *medio1 adj1. (mitad) half2. (promedio, normal) averagemedio2 adv halfmedio3 n1. (centro) middle2. (entorno) environment3. (recurso, método) means -
3 dabei
Adv.1. with it; (nahe) near-by, close by; ein Haus mit Garten dabei a house with a garden; dabei sein (anwesend sein) be there; (teilnehmen) take part (in it); (mit ansehen) see it; darf ich dabei sein? can I come too?; (teilnehmen) can I join in?; ich bin dabei! (you can) count me in!, I’m game!; er muss immer dabei sein he’s got to be in on everything; ist ein Brief für mich dabei? is there a letter for me there?; es war ziemlich viel Glück dabei I was etc. pretty lucky there; ein bisschen Risiko ist immer dabei there’s always an element of risk2. (im Begriff): dabei, etw. zu tun just doing s.th., in the middle of doing s.th.; (kurz davor) about ( oder going) to do s.th., on the point of doing s.th.; ich war gerade dabei zu packen I was just packing; tu das endlich! - ja, ja, ich bin ja schon dabei! umg. alright, alright, I’m doing it!3. (gleichzeitig) at the same time, while doing so; sie strickt und liest dabei she knits and reads at the same time; er aß und sah mich dabei fragend an while he ate, he gave me a questioning look4. (überdies) besides, what is more; sie ist hübsch und dabei auch noch klug auch she’s attractive and intelligent into the bargain (Am. intelligent to boot)5. (dennoch) nevertheless, yet, for all that, at the same time; und dabei ist er doch schon alt and he’s an old man, after all; er ist streng und dabei sehr fair he’s strict but very fair6. (obwohl) although, even though; er schenkte es mir, dabei hatte ich es gar nicht verlangt he gave it to me although I hadn’t even asked for it; jetzt schreibt sie immer noch, dabei könnte sie schon längst fertig sein she’s still writing, even though she could have been finished ages ago; dabei hätten wir gewinnen können to think we could have won; dabei macht man sich gar keinen Begriff, wie schwierig es ist but people have no idea how hard it is; sie suchte danach, dabei hatte er ihn in der Hand she was looking for it and he had it in his hand all the time7. (bei dieser Gelegenheit) on the occasion, then; (während) while, in the process; (dadurch) as a result; jemanden dabei ertappen oder erwischen, wie er... catch s.o. red-handed as he...; dabei kam es zu einer heftigen Auseinandersetzung this gave rise to ( oder resulted in) a heated argument; dabei fällt mir ein:... talking of which:...; alle dabei entstehenden Kosten all resulting costs; man könnte verrückt werden dabei it’s enough to drive you mad8. (bei dieser Handlung, Angelegenheit) about it; das Schwierige dabei ist,... the difficult thing about it is...; es kommt nichts dabei heraus umg. it’s no use, it’s not worth it; dabei dürfen wir nicht vergessen here we must not forget; mir ist gar nicht wohl dabei I don’t feel too good about it; ich dachte mir nichts Böses dabei I meant no harm; ich dachte mir nichts dabei (zu + Inf.) I thought nothing of it (of + Ger.); (bei einer Bemerkung) I didn’t mean anything by it; was hast du dir eigentlich dabei gedacht? what on earth made you do ( oder say etc.) that?; weitS. whatever possessed you?; ich finde nichts dabei I don’t see any harm in it; was ist schon dabei? umg. so what?; was ist schon dabei, wenn...? what difference does it make if...?, what harm does it do if...?; da ist doch nichts dabei umg. (ist nicht schwer) that’s child’s play, there’s nothing to it; (ist nicht bedenklich) it’s nothing to worry about; (schadet nichts) it can’t do any harm; (ist nicht gefährlich) it’s perfectly safe9. abschließend: ich bleibe dabei I’m not changing my mind; und ich bleibe dabei, in X ist es am schönsten I’m still convinced X is the most beautiful place in the world; du kommst mit, und dabei bleibt’s umg. you’re coming with us, and that’s that; dabei blieb’s umg. (and) that was the end of that; lassen wir es dabei let’s leave it at that* * *by; thereby; with it* * *da|bei [da'bai] (emph) ['daːbai]advein Häuschen mit einem Garten dabéí — a little house with a garden (attached to it or attached)
ist die Lösung dabéí? — is the solution given (there)?
nahe dabéí — nearby
2) (zeitlich) (= gleichzeitig) at the same time; (= währenddessen, wodurch) in the course of thiser aß weiter und blätterte dabéí in dem Buch — he went on eating, leafing through the book as he did so or at the same time
warum arbeiten Sie im Stehen? Sie können doch auch dabéí sitzen — why are you working standing up? you can sit down while you're doing it
dabéí wurden drei Kinder verletzt —
... orkanartige Winde dabéí kam es zu schweren Schäden —... gale-force winds, which have resulted in serious damage
sie ist schön und dabéí auch noch klug — she's pretty, and clever as well
er wollte helfen und wurde dabéí selbst verletzt — he wanted to help and got injured in the process or (in) doing so or while he was about it (inf)
du warst bei einem Jugendtreffen? hast du denn dabéí etwas gelernt? — you were at a youth meeting? did you learn anything there or from it?
dabéí darf man nicht vergessen, dass... — it shouldn't be forgotten that...; (Einschränkung eines Arguments) it should not be forgotten here that...
die dabéí entstehenden Kosten — the expenses arising from this/that
als er das tat, hat er dabéí... — when he did that he...
wenn man das tut, muss man dabéí... — when you do that you have to...
wir haben ihn dabéí ertappt, wie er über den Zaun stieg — we caught him in the act of climbing over the fence
5)wichtig dabéí ist... — the important thing here or about it is...
mir ist nicht ganz wohl dabéí — I don't really feel happy about it
dabéí kann man viel Geld verdienen — there's a lot of money in that
er hat dabéí einen Fehler gemacht — he's made a mistake
sie hat sich dabéí sehr dumm benommen — she behaved very stupidly
es kommt doch nichts dabéí heraus — nothing will come of it
6) (einräumend = doch) (and) yeter hat mich geschlagen, dabéí hatte ich gar nichts gemacht — he hit me and I hadn't even done anything or and yet I hadn't done anything
ich habe fünf Stück gegessen, dabéí hatte ich gar keinen Hunger — I've eaten five pieces, and I wasn't even hungry
7)du gehst sofort nach Hause, und dabéí bleibt es! — you're going straight home and that's that or that's the end of it!
es bleibt dabéí, dass ihr morgen alle mitkommt — we'll stick to that or keep it like that, you're all coming tomorrow
ich bleibe dabéí — I'm not changing my mind
er bleibt dabéí, dass er es nicht gewesen ist — he still insists that he didn't do it, he's still sticking to his guns that he didn't do it
aber dabéí sollte es nicht bleiben — but it shouldn't stop there or at that
lassen wir es dabéí — let's leave it at that!
was ist schon dabéí? — so what? (inf), what of it? (inf)
was ist schon dabéí, wenn man das tut? — what harm is there in doing that?
ich finde gar nichts dabéí — I don't see any harm in it
nimm meine Bemerkung nicht so ernst, ich habe mir nichts dabéí gedacht — don't take my remark so seriously, I didn't mean anything by it
ich habe mir nichts dabéí gedacht, als ich den Mann aus der Bank kommen sah — I didn't think anything of it when I saw the man coming out of the bank
was hast du dir denn dabéí gedacht? — what were you thinking of?
dabéí kann er sich nicht viel gedacht haben — he can't have thought about it much
* * *(near: They stood by and watched.) by* * *da·bei[daˈbai]1. (dazugehörend) with itein kleines Häuschen mit einem Garten \dabei a little house with a gardendie Rechnung war nicht \dabei the bill was not enclosedwar bei dem Muster ein Brief \dabei? did the sample come with a letter?ist der Salat bei dem Gericht \dabei? is the salad included in the meal?ist bei dem Gericht ein Salat \dabei? does the meal come with a salad?, is there a salad with the meal?2. (in der Nähe)direkt/nahe \dabei right next/near to iter war bei dem Treffen \dabei he was there at the meetingich bin \dabei! count me in!sie kennt sich im Betrieb noch nicht so gut aus, sie ist erst seit einem Monat \dabei she is not familiar with the company yet, she's only been working there for a monthes kam zu einem Massenandrang, \dabei wurden viele Menschen verletzt there was a crush, in the course of which many people were injuredes goss in Strömen, \dabei kam es zu zahlreichen Unfällen it was pouring down with rain, which resulted in a lot of accidentsArbeit am Computer? aber \dabei muss man doch immer so viel tippen! working on the computer? but that involves so much typing!er half den Opfern und wurde \dabei selbst verletzt he helped the victims and in doing so got injured himselfwir haben ihn \dabei ertappt, wie er über den Zaun stieg we caught him [while he was] climbing over the fencejdm \dabei helfen, etw zu tun to help sb doing sth6. (daraus resultierend) as a resultdie \dabei entstehenden Kosten sind sehr hoch the resulting costs are very highund \dabei auch noch and what's more, besidessie ist schön und \dabei auch noch intelligent she is beautiful and what's more [or besides] clever [or BRIT and clever to boot]sie las und hörte \dabei Radio she was reading and listening to the radio at the same timesie ist flink, \dabei aber [auch] sehr umsichtig she's quick but very cautious8. (und das obwohl) even thougher hat die Prüfung nicht bestanden, \dabei hat er so fleißig gelernt he failed the exam, although he had studied so hard9. (damit beschäftigt)[gerade] \dabei sein, etw zu tun to be [just] doing sth10. (an dieser Sache)das Dumme/Schöne \dabei ist, dass... the stupid/good thing about it is that...interessant/wichtig \dabei ist, dass/ob/wie... the interesting/important thing about it is that/whether/how...das Geschäft ist riskant, \dabei kann man aber reich werden it's a risky business but it can make you richnimm meine Bemerkung nicht so ernst, ich habe mir nichts \dabei gedacht don't take my remark so seriously, I didn't mean anything by itwas hast du dir denn \dabei gedacht? what were you thinking of?ich habe kein gutes Gefühl \dabei I don't feel happy about itnichts \dabei finden, etw zu tun/wenn jd etw tut to not see the harm in doing sth/in sb doing sth12. (fam: auszusetzen, problematisch)es ist nichts \dabei, wenn man/jd etw tut there is no harm in one/sb doing sthda ist [doch] nichts \dabei (nicht schwierig) there's nothing to it; (nicht schlimm) there's no harm in itwas ist schon \dabei? so what?13. (wie gesagt) s. belassen 1, bleiben 8, lassen I. 6* * *1) with it/him/her/themeine Tankstelle mit einer Werkstatt dabei — a filling station with its own workshop [attached]
nahe dabei — near it; close by
dabei sein — (anwesend sein) be there; be present ( bei at); (teilnehmen) take part ( bei in)
2) (währenddessen) at the same time; (bei diesem Anlass) then; on that occasioner ist dabei gesehen worden, wie er das Geld nahm — he was seen [in the act of] taking the money
ein Unfall - dabei gab es zwei Tote — an accident - two people were killed [in it]
er suchte nach dem Brief, dabei hatte er ihn in der Hand — he was looking for the letter and all the time he had it in his hand
[gerade] dabei sein, etwas zu tun — be just doing something
3) (außerdem)dabei [auch] — what is more
er ist sehr beschäftigt, aber dabei (dennoch) immer freundlich — he is very busy but even so always friendly
4) (hinsichtlich dessen)was hast du dir denn dabei gedacht? — what were you thinking of?; what came over you?
5)da ist doch nichts dabei! — there's really no harm in it!; (es ist nicht schwierig) there's nothing to it!; s. auch bleiben 1)
* * *dabei adv1. with it; (nahe) near-by, close by;ein Haus mit Garten dabei a house with a garden;darf ich dabei sein? can I come too?; (teilnehmen) can I join in?;ich bin dabei! (you can) count me in!, I’m game!;er muss immer dabei sein he’s got to be in on everything;ist ein Brief für mich dabei? is there a letter for me there?;es war ziemlich viel Glück dabei I was etc pretty lucky there;ein bisschen Risiko ist immer dabei there’s always an element of risk2. (im Begriff):dabei, etwas zu tun just doing sth, in the middle of doing sth; (kurz davor) about ( oder going) to do sth, on the point of doing sth;ich war gerade dabei zu packen I was just packing;tu das endlich! -ja, ja, ich bin ja schon dabei! umg alright, alright, I’m doing it!3. (gleichzeitig) at the same time, while doing so;sie strickt und liest dabei she knits and reads at the same time;er aß und sah mich dabei fragend an while he ate, he gave me a questioning look4. (überdies) besides, what is more;sie ist hübsch und dabei auch noch klug auch she’s attractive and intelligent into the bargain (US intelligent to boot)5. (dennoch) nevertheless, yet, for all that, at the same time;und dabei ist er doch schon alt and he’s an old man, after all;er ist streng und dabei sehr fair he’s strict but very fair6. (obwohl) although, even though;er schenkte es mir, dabei hatte ich es gar nicht verlangt he gave it to me although I hadn’t even asked for it;jetzt schreibt sie immer noch, dabei könnte sie schon längst fertig sein she’s still writing, even though she could have been finished ages ago;dabei hätten wir gewinnen können to think we could have won;dabei macht man sich gar keinen Begriff, wie schwierig es ist but people have no idea how hard it is;sie suchte danach, dabei hatte er ihn in der Hand she was looking for it and he had it in his hand all the time7. (bei dieser Gelegenheit) on the occasion, then; (während) while, in the process; (dadurch) as a result;erwischen, wie er … catch sb red-handed as he …;dabei kam es zu einer heftigen Auseinandersetzung this gave rise to ( oder resulted in) a heated argument;dabei fällt mir ein: … talking of which: …;alle dabei entstehenden Kosten all resulting costs;man könnte verrückt werden dabei it’s enough to drive you mad8. (bei dieser Handlung, Angelegenheit) about it;das Schwierige dabei ist, … the difficult thing about it is …;es kommt nichts dabei heraus umg it’s no use, it’s not worth it;dabei dürfen wir nicht vergessen here we must not forget;mir ist gar nicht wohl dabei I don’t feel too good about it;ich dachte mir nichts Böses dabei I meant no harm;was hast du dir eigentlich dabei gedacht? what on earth made you do ( oder say etc) that?; weitS. whatever possessed you?;ich finde nichts dabei I don’t see any harm in it;was ist schon dabei? umg so what?;was ist schon dabei, wenn …? what difference does it make if …?, what harm does it do if …?;da ist doch nichts dabei umg (ist nicht schwer) that’s child’s play, there’s nothing to it; (ist nicht bedenklich) it’s nothing to worry about; (schadet nichts) it can’t do any harm; (ist nicht gefährlich) it’s perfectly safe9. abschließend:ich bleibe dabei I’m not changing my mind;und ich bleibe dabei, in X ist es am schönsten I’m still convinced X is the most beautiful place in the world;du kommst mit, und dabei bleibt’s umg you’re coming with us, and that’s that;dabei blieb’s umg (and) that was the end of that;lassen wir es dabei let’s leave it at that* * *1) with it/him/her/themeine Tankstelle mit einer Werkstatt dabei — a filling station with its own workshop [attached]
nahe dabei — near it; close by
dabei sein — (anwesend sein) be there; be present ( bei at); (teilnehmen) take part ( bei in)
2) (währenddessen) at the same time; (bei diesem Anlass) then; on that occasioner ist dabei gesehen worden, wie er das Geld nahm — he was seen [in the act of] taking the money
ein Unfall - dabei gab es zwei Tote — an accident - two people were killed [in it]
er suchte nach dem Brief, dabei hatte er ihn in der Hand — he was looking for the letter and all the time he had it in his hand
[gerade] dabei sein, etwas zu tun — be just doing something
3) (außerdem)dabei [auch] — what is more
er ist sehr beschäftigt, aber dabei (dennoch) immer freundlich — he is very busy but even so always friendly
was hast du dir denn dabei gedacht? — what were you thinking of?; what came over you?
5)da ist doch nichts dabei! — there's really no harm in it!; (es ist nicht schwierig) there's nothing to it!; s. auch bleiben 1)
* * *adv.thereby adv.withal adv. präp.near by prep. -
4 alto
adj.1 tall, elevated, high-rise.2 high, upland.3 tall.4 high, steep.Precios altos High (steep) prices5 loud.6 lofty.adv.1 loudly, aloud, high up.2 high, in a high position.intj.stop, hold everything, halt, hold it.m.1 height.2 stop, halt, interruption, pause.3 hill, top of the hill, height.4 upper floor.5 high point, high, maximum.6 Alto.* * *► adjetivo1 (persona, edificio, árbol) tall2 (montaña, pared, techo, precio) high3 (elevado) top, upper4 (importancia) high, top5 (voz, sonido) loud1 high (up)2 (voz) loud, loudly■ ¿podrías hablar más alto? could you speak a bit louder?1 (altura) height2 (elevación) hill, high ground\a altas horas de la noche late at nighten lo alto de on the top ofpasar por alto to pass overpor todo lo alto figurado in a grand waytirando alto figurado at the mostalta cocina haute cuisinealta sociedad high societyalta tecnología high technologyaltas presiones high pressure singalto horno blast furnace————————► adverbio1 high (up)2 (voz) loud, loudly■ ¿podrías hablar más alto? could you speak a bit louder?1 (altura) height2 (elevación) hill, high ground————————1 (parada) stop1 halt! (policía) stop!\dar el alto a alguien MILITAR to order somebody to haltalto el fuego cease-fire* * *1. (f. - alta)adj.1) tall2) high3) loud2. adv.1) high2) loudly3. noun m.1) height2) halt, stop* * *I1. ADJ1) [en altura]a) [edificio, persona] tall; [monte] high•
jersey de cuello alto — polo neck jumper, turtleneckmar I, 1)•
zapatos de tacón o Cono Sur, Perú taco alto — high-heeled shoes, high heelsb)• lo alto, una casa en lo alto de la cuesta — a house on top of the hill
•
lanzar algo de o desde lo alto — to throw sth down, throw sth down from abovepor todo lo alto —
2) [en nivel] [grado, precio, riesgo] high; [clase, cámara] upperla marea estaba alta — it was high tide, the tide was in
•
alto/a comisario/a — High Commissioner•
alta costura — high fashion, haute couture•
alto/a ejecutivo/a — top executive•
alta escuela — (Hípica) dressage•
alta fidelidad — high fidelity, hi-fi•
alto funcionario — senior official, high-ranking official•
oficiales de alta graduación — senior officers, high-ranking officers•
altos mandos — senior officers, high-ranking officers•
de altas miras, es un chico de altas miras — he is a boy of great ambition•
alta presión — (Téc, Meteo) high pressure•
temporada alta — high season•
alta tensión — high tension, high voltageAlta Velocidad Española — Esp name given to high speed train system
3) [en intensidad]4) [en el tiempo]5) [estilo] lofty, elevated6) (=revuelto)7) (Geog) upper8) (Mús) [nota] sharp; [instrumento, voz] alto9) ( Hist, Ling) high2. ADV1) (=arriba) high2) (=en voz alta)hablar alto — (=en voz alta) to speak loudly; (=con franqueza) to speak out, speak out frankly
¡más alto, por favor! — louder, please!
volarpensar (en) alto — to think out loud, think aloud
3. SM1) (=altura)mide 1,80 de alto — he is 1.80 metres tall
•
en alto, coloque los pies en alto — put your feet upcon las manos en alto — [en atraco, rendición] with one's hands up; [en manifestación] with one's hands in the air
dejar algo en alto —
el resultado deja muy en alto su reputación como el mejor del mundo — the result has boosted his reputation as the best in the world
estas cosas dejan en alto el buen nombre de un país — these things contribute to maintaining the country's good name
2) (Geog) hill3) (Arquit) upper floor4) (Mús) alto5)6)• pasar por alto — [+ detalle, problema] to overlook
7) Chile [de ropa, cartas] pile8) Chile [de tela] length9)II1. SM1) (=parada) stop•
dar el alto a algn — to order sb to halt, stop sba este bar vienen los camioneros que hacen un alto en el camino — the lorry drivers stop off at this bar on the way
hicieron un alto en el trabajo para comer un bocadillo — they took a break from work to eat a sandwich
alto el fuego — Esp ceasefire
2) (Aut) (=señal) stop sign; (=semáforo) lights pl2.EXCL¡alto! — halt!, stop!
¡alto ahí! — stop there!
¡alto el fuego! — cease fire!
* * *I- ta adjetivo1)a) [ser] <persona/edificio/árbol> tall; <pared/montaña> highzapatos de tacones altos or (AmS) de taco alto — high-heeled shoes
b) [ESTAR]2) (indicando posición, nivel)a) [ser] highb) [estar]la marea está alta — it's high tide, the tide's in
eso dejó en alto su buen nombre — (CS) that really boosted his reputation
en lo alto de la montaña/de un árbol — high up on the mountainside/in a tree
3) (en cantidad, calidad) hightiene la tensión or presión alta — she has high blood pressure
4)a) [estar] ( en intensidad) <volumen/televisión> loudb)en alto or en voz alta — aloud, out loud
5) (delante del n) (en importancia, trascendencia) <ejecutivo/funcionario> high-ranking, top6) (delante del n) <ideales/opinión> high7) (delante del n)a) (Ling) highb) (Geog) upper•- alta marII1) <volar/subir> high2) < hablar> loud, loudlyIIIpasar por alto — ver pasar I 6)
interjección halt!IValto (ahí)! — (Mil) halt!; ( dicho por un policía) stop!, stay where you are!
1)a) ( altura)b) ( en el terreno) high ground2)a) ( de edificio) top floorviven en un alto — they live in a top floor apartment o (BrE) flat
3)a) (parada, interrupción)b) (Méx) (Auto)pasarse el alto — ( un semáforo) to run the red light (AmE), to jump the lights (BrE); ( un stop) to go through the stop sign
4) (Chi fam) ( de cosas) pile, heap* * *I- ta adjetivo1)a) [ser] <persona/edificio/árbol> tall; <pared/montaña> highzapatos de tacones altos or (AmS) de taco alto — high-heeled shoes
b) [ESTAR]2) (indicando posición, nivel)a) [ser] highb) [estar]la marea está alta — it's high tide, the tide's in
eso dejó en alto su buen nombre — (CS) that really boosted his reputation
en lo alto de la montaña/de un árbol — high up on the mountainside/in a tree
3) (en cantidad, calidad) hightiene la tensión or presión alta — she has high blood pressure
4)a) [estar] ( en intensidad) <volumen/televisión> loudb)en alto or en voz alta — aloud, out loud
5) (delante del n) (en importancia, trascendencia) <ejecutivo/funcionario> high-ranking, top6) (delante del n) <ideales/opinión> high7) (delante del n)a) (Ling) highb) (Geog) upper•- alta marII1) <volar/subir> high2) < hablar> loud, loudlyIIIpasar por alto — ver pasar I 6)
interjección halt!IValto (ahí)! — (Mil) halt!; ( dicho por un policía) stop!, stay where you are!
1)a) ( altura)b) ( en el terreno) high ground2)a) ( de edificio) top floorviven en un alto — they live in a top floor apartment o (BrE) flat
3)a) (parada, interrupción)b) (Méx) (Auto)pasarse el alto — ( un semáforo) to run the red light (AmE), to jump the lights (BrE); ( un stop) to go through the stop sign
4) (Chi fam) ( de cosas) pile, heap* * *alto11 = stop.Ex: It is certainly no accident that in Finland, a country that circulates an average of 17 books per capita per year through 1500 public libraries and 18,000 mobile-library stops, its public libraries are supported by both national and local monies.
* alto del fuego = cease-fire.* alto en el camino = stopover.* echar por alto = bungle.* pasar por alto = bypass [by-pass], gloss over, miss, obviate, overlook, short-circuit [shortcircuit], skip over, leapfrog, pass + Nombre/Pronombre + by, flout, close + the door on, skip.* pasar por alto la autoridad de Alguien = go over + Posesivo + head.* pasar por alto rápidamente = race + past.* un alto en el camino = a stop on the road, a pit stop on the road.alto22 = alto.Ex: The simultaneous interweaving of several melodic lines (usually four: soprano, alto, tenor, bass) in a musical composition is known as polyphony.
alto33 = height.Ex: For a monograph the height of the book is normally given, in centimetres.
* altos y bajos = highs and lows, peaks and valleys.* celebrar por todo lo alto = make + a song and dance about.* con la frente en alto = stand + tall.* en lo alto = on top.* en lo alto de = on top of, atop.* poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.alto44 = heavy [heavier -comp., heaviest -sup.], high [higher -comp., highest -sup.], superior, tall [taller -comp., tallest -sup.], hefty [heftier -comp., heftiest -sup.].Ex: In fact, the area was well served by a very good neighbourhood advice centre which had a heavy workload of advice and information-giving.
Ex: Lower specificity will be associated with lower precision but high recall.Ex: Superior cataloguing may result, since more consistency and closer adherence to standard codes are likely to emerge with cataloguers who spend all of their time cataloguing, than with a librarian who tackles cataloguing as one of various professional tasks.Ex: Occasionally, however, a differently shaped pyramid -- either taller or shorter, is more appropriate.Ex: Research publication had to adopt the same economic model as trade publication, and research libraries the world over paid the hefty price = Las publicaciones científicas tuvieron que adoptar el mismo modelo económico que las publicaciones comerciales y las bibliotecas universitarias de todo el mundo pagaron un precio elevado.* a alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.* a altas horas de la noche = late at night.* alcanzar cotas más altas = raise to + greater heights.* alta burguesía, la = gentry, the.* alta cocina = haute cuisine.* alta costura = haute couture.* Alta Edad Media, la = Early Middle Ages, the, High Middle Ages, the, Dark Ages, the.* alta intensidad = high-rate.* alta mar = high seas, the.* alta posición = high estate.* alta productividad = high yield.* alta resolución = high resolution.* altas esferas del poder, las = echelons of power, the.* altas esferas, las = corridors of power, the.* alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology, hi-tech.* alta traición = high treason.* alta velocidad = high-rate.* alto cargo = senior post, top official, senior position, top person [top people, -pl.], top executive, top position, senior manager, senior executive, high official, top manager, senior official.* alto cargo público = senior public official.* alto comisario = high commissioner.* alto dignatario = high official.* alto en fibras = high-fibre.* alto funcionario = high official.* alto horno = blast furnace.* alto nivel = high standard.* alto precio = costliness.* alto rendimiento = high yield.* alto riesgo = high stakes.* altos cargos = people in high office.* alto y débil = spindly [spindlier -comp., spindliest -sup.].* alto y delgado = spindly [spindlier -comp., spindliest -sup.].* amontonarse muy alto = be metres high.* apuntar muy alto = reach for + the stars, shoot for + the stars.* a un alto nivel = high level [high-level].* cada vez más alto = constantly rising, steadily rising, steadily growing.* clase alta = upper class.* con un nivel de estudios alto = well educated [well-educated].* cuando la marea está alta = at high tide.* de alta alcurnia = well-born.* de alta cuna = well-born.* de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.* de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.* de alta potencia = high power.* de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.* de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.* de alta tecnología = high-technology.* de alta tensión = heavy-current.* de alta velocidad = high-speed.* de alto abolengo = well-born.* de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.* de alto nivel = high level [high-level], high-powered.* de alto rango = highly placed.* de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.* de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.* de alto voltaje = high-voltage.* de la gama alta = high-end.* edificio alto = high-rise building.* en alta mar = on the high seas.* explosivo de alta potencia = high explosive.* fijar precios altos = price + high.* física de altas energías = high energy physics.* forma de la curva estadística en su valor más alto = peak-shape.* frente de altas presiones = ridge of high pressure.* línea de alta tensión = power line.* llevar a cotas más altas = raise to + greater heights, take + Nombre + to greater heights.* mantener la cabeza alta = hold + Posesivo + head high.* marea alta = high tide.* música de alta fidelidad = hi-fi music.* pagar un precio alto por Algo = pay + a premium price for.* persecución en coche a alta velocidad = high-speed chase.* persona de altos vuelos = high flyer [high flier, -USA].* persona de la alta sociedad = socialite.* poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.* por todo lo alto = grandly, on a grand scale.* quimioterapia de altas dosis = high-dose chemotherapy.* reparador de estructuras altas = steeplejack.* ser muy alto = be metres high.* sistema de altas presiones = high-pressure system, ridge of high pressure.* temporada alta = high season.* tener un alto contenido de = be high in.* unaprobabilidad muy alta = a sporting chance.* un + Nombre + a altas horas de la noche = a late night + Nombre.alto55 = loud [louder -comp., loudest -sup.].Ex: Visitors would be surprised by the loud creaking and groaning of the presses as the timbers gave and rubbed against each other.
* decir en voz alta = say + out loud, say in + a loud voice.* en voz alta = loudly, out loud.* hablar alto = be loud.* hablar en voz alta = talk in + a loud voice.* leer en voz alta = read + aloud, read + out loud.* pensar en voz alta = think + out loud.* sonido alto = loud noise.* * *A1 [ SER] ‹persona/edificio/árbol› tall; ‹pared/montaña› highzapatos de tacones altos or ( AmS) de taco alto high-heeled shoeses más alto que su hermano he's taller than his brotheruna blusa de cuello alto a high-necked blouse2 [ ESTAR]:¡qué alto estás! haven't you grown!mi hija está casi tan alta como yo my daughter's almost as tall as me now o almost my height nowB (indicando posición, nivel)1 [ SER] highlos techos eran muy altos the rooms had very high ceilingsun vestido de talle alto a high-waisted dress2 [ ESTAR]:ese cuadro está muy alto that picture's too highponlo más alto para que los niños no alcancen put it higher up so that the children can't reachel río está muy alto the river is very highla marea está alta it's high tide, the tide's inlos pisos más altos del edificio the top floors of the buildingsalgan con los brazos en alto come out with your hands up o with your hands in the aireso deja muy en alto su buen nombre (CS); that has really boosted his reputationúltimamente están con or tienen la moral bastante alta they've been in pretty high spirits lately, their morale has been pretty high recentlya pesar de haber perdido, ha sabido mantener alto el espíritu he's managed to keep his spirits up despite losingDios te está mirando allá en lo alto God is watching you from on highhabían acampado en lo alto de la montaña they had camped high up on the mountainsideen lo alto del árbol high up in the tree, at the top of the treepor todo lo alto in stylecelebraron su triunfo por todo lo alto they celebrated their victory in styleuna boda por todo lo alto a lavish weddingC (en cantidad, calidad) hightiene la tensión or presión alta she has high blood pressurecereales de alto contenido en fibra high-fiber cerealsha pagado un precio muy alto por su irreflexión he has paid a very high price for his rashnessproductos de alta calidad high-quality products[ S ] imprescindible alto dominio del inglés good knowledge of English essentialel nivel es bastante alto en este colegio the standard is quite high in this schoolel alto índice de participación en las elecciones the high turnout in the electionsembarazo de alto riesgo high-risk pregnancytirando por lo alto at the most, at the outsidetirando por lo alto costará unas 200 libras it will cost about 200 pounds at the most o at the outsideD1 [ ESTAR] (en intensidad) ‹volumen/radio/televisión› loudpon la radio más alta turn the radio up¡qué alta está la televisión! the television is so loud!2en voz alta or en alto aloud, out loudestaba pensando en voz alta I was thinking aloud o out loudE ( delante del n) (en importancia, trascendencia) ‹ejecutivo/dirigente/funcionario› high-ranking, topun militar de alto rango a high-ranking army officeruno de los más altos ejecutivos de la empresa one of the company's top executivesconversaciones de alto nivel high-level talksF ( delante del n) ‹ideales› hightiene un alto sentido del deber she has a strong sense of dutyes el más alto honor de mi vida it is the greatest honor I have ever hadtiene un alto concepto or una alta opinión de ti he has a high opinion of you, he thinks very highly of youG ( delante del n)1 ( Ling) highel alto alemán High German2 ( Geog) upperel alto Aragón upper Aragonel Alto Paraná the Upper ParanáCompuestos:feminine upper-middle classes (pl)feminine haute cuisinefeminine high comedyfeminine haute couture, high fashionfeminine high definitionde or en altoa definición high-definition ( before n)feminine High Middle Ages (pl)feminine dressagefeminine high fidelity, hi-fifeminine high frequency● alta marmasculine or feminine el pesquero fue apresado en (el or la) altoa mar the trawler was seized on the high sea(s)se hundió cerca de la costa y no en (el or la) altoa mar it sank near the coast and not on the open sea o not out at seala flota de altoa mar the deep-sea fleetfeminine hairstylingfpl upper echelons (pl)fpl:las altoas finanzas high financefeminine high societyfpl high pressureun sistema de altoas presiones a high-pressure systemfeminine high technologyfeminine high tension o voltagefeminine high treason● alto comisario, alta comisariamasculine, feminine high commissioner● alto comisionado or comisariadomasculine high commissionmasculine blast furnacemasculine high-ranking officermasculine high relief, alto relievomasculine high voltage o tensionalto2A ‹volar/subir/tirar› hightírala más alto throw it higherB ‹hablar› loud, loudlyhabla más alto que no te oigo can you speak up a little o speak a bit louder, I can't hear youalto3halt!¡alto (ahí)! (dicho por un centinela) halt!; (dicho por un policía) stop!, stay where you are!¡alto ahí! ¡eso sí que no estoy dispuesto a aceptarlo! hold on! I'm not taking that!¡alto el fuego! cease fire!Compuesto:alto4A1(altura): de alto highun muro de cuatro metros de alto a four-meter high walltiene tres metros de alto por dos de ancho it's three meters high by two wide2 (en el terreno) high groundsiempre se edificaban en un alto they were always built on high groundB1 (de un edificio) top floorviven en un alto they live in a top floor apartment o ( BrE) flatviven en los altos del taller they live above the workshopC(parada, interrupción): hacer un alto to stophicieron un alto en el camino para almorzar they stopped off o they stopped on the way for lunchdar el alto a algn ( Mil) to stop sb, to order sb to halt1 (señal de pare) stop signpasarse el alto to go through the stop sign2 (semáforo) stoplightE2 ( Chi) (cantidad de tela) length* * *
alto 1◊ -ta adjetivo
1
‹pared/montaña› high;
b) [ESTAR]:◊ ¡qué alto estás! haven't you grown!;
está tan alta como yo she's as tall as me now
2 (indicando posición, nivel)a) [ser] high;
b) [estar]:
la marea está alta it's high tide;
los pisos más altos the top floors;
salgan con los brazos en alto come out with your hands in the air;
con la moral bastante alta in pretty high spirits;
en lo alto de la montaña high up on the mountainside;
en lo alto del árbol high up in the tree;
por todo lo alto in style
3 (en cantidad, calidad) high;
productos de alta calidad high-quality products;
tirando por lo alto at the most
4
5 ( delante del n)
c) ( en nombres compuestos)◊ alta burguesía sustantivo femenino
upper-middle classes (pl);
alta costura sustantivo femenino
haute couture;
alta fidelidad sustantivo femenino
high fidelity, hi-fi;
alta mar sustantivo femenino: en alta mar on the high seas;
flota/pesca de alta mar deep-sea fleet/fishing;
alta sociedad sustantivo femenino
high society;
alta tensión sustantivo femenino
high tension o voltage;
alto cargo sustantivo masculino ( puesto) high-ranking position;
( persona) high-ranking official;◊ alto mando sustantivo masculino
high-ranking officer
alto 2 adverbio
1 ‹volar/subir› high
2 ‹ hablar› loud, loudly;
alto 3 interjección
halt!;◊ ¡alto el fuego! cease fire!
alto 4 sustantivo masculino
1a) ( altura)
tiene tres metros de alto it's three meters high
2a) (parada, interrupción):
alto el fuego (Esp) (Mil) cease-fireb) (Méx) (Auto):
( un stop) to go through the stop sign
alto,-a 2
I adjetivo
1 (que tiene altura: edificio, persona, ser vivo) tall
2 (elevado) high
3 (sonido) loud
en voz alta, aloud, in a loud voice
(tono) high-pitched
4 (precio, tecnología) high
alta tensión, high tension
5 (antepuesto al nombre: de importancia) high-ranking, high-level: es una reunión de alto nivel, it's a high-level meeting
alta sociedad, high society ➣ Ver nota en aloud II sustantivo masculino
1 (altura) height: ¿cómo es de alto?, how tall/high is it?
2 (elevación del terreno) hill
III adverbio
1 high, high up
2 (sonar, hablar, etc) loud, loudly: ¡más alto, por favor!, louder, please!
tienes que poner el horno más alto, you must turn the oven up ➣ Ver nota en high
♦ Locuciones: la boda se celebró por todo lo alto, the wedding was celebrated in style
alto 1 sustantivo masculino (interrupción) stop, break
' alto' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
alta
- así
- barrio
- caer
- colmo
- cómo
- ella
- fuerte
- horno
- listón
- medir
- media
- monte
- ojo
- pasar
- relativamente
- riesgo
- superior
- suprimir
- suspender
- tacón
- tono
- última
- último
- vida
- vocinglera
- vocinglero
- buzo
- contralto
- cuello
- funcionario
- grande
- hablar
- imaginar
- individuo
- lo
- nivel
- redondear
- saltar
- salto
- subir
- taco
- tanto
- todo
- torre
English:
above
- aloud
- alto
- arch
- atop
- blast-furnace
- brass
- ceasefire
- discount
- foreigner
- gloss over
- halt
- height
- high
- high-end
- high-level
- high-powered
- inflated
- labour-intensive
- laugh
- lifestyle
- loud
- omission
- overhead
- overlook
- pass down
- pass over
- peak
- polo neck
- second
- senior
- short
- sing up
- small
- soar
- speak up
- stop
- tall
- top
- top-level
- top-secret
- topmost
- tree-house
- turtleneck
- unemployment
- up
- upper
- uppermost
- world
- aloft
* * *alto, -a♦ adj1. [persona, árbol, edificio] tall;[montaña] high;es más alto que su compañero he's taller than his colleague;el Everest es la montaña más alta del mundo Everest is the world's highest mountain;¡qué alta está tu hermana! your sister's really grown!;lo alto [de lugar, objeto] the top;Fig [el cielo] Heaven;en lo alto de at the top of;el gato se escondió en lo alto del árbol the cat hid up the tree;hacer algo por todo lo alto to do sth in (great) style;una boda por todo lo alto a sumptuous weddingalto relieve high relief2. [indica posición elevada] high;[piso] top, upper;tu mesa es muy alta para escribir bien your desk is too high for writing comfortably;¡salgan con los brazos en alto! come out with your arms raised o your hands up;aguántalo en alto un segundo hold it up for a second;tienen la moral muy alta their morale is very high;el portero desvió el balón por alto the keeper tipped the ball over the bar;de alta mar deep-sea;en alta mar out at sea;le entusiasma la alta montaña she loves mountaineering;equipo de alta montaña mountaineering gear;mantener la cabeza bien alta to hold one's head high;pasar algo por alto [adrede] to pass over sth;[sin querer] to miss sth out;esta vez pasaré por alto tu retraso I'll overlook the fact that you arrived late this time3. [cantidad, intensidad] high;de alta calidad high-quality;tengo la tensión muy alta I have very high blood pressure;tiene la fiebre alta her temperature is high, she has a high temperature;Informátun disco duro de alta capacidad a high-capacity hard disk;un televisor de alta definición a high-definition TV;una inversión de alta rentabilidad a highly profitable investment;un tren de alta velocidad a high-speed trainalto horno blast furnace;altos hornos [factoría] iron and steelworks;Informát alta resolución high resolution;alta temperatura high temperature;alta tensión high voltage;Der alta traición high treason;alto voltaje high voltagede alto nivel [delegación] high-level;un alto dirigente a high-ranking leaderHist la alta aristocracia the highest ranks of the aristocracy;alto cargo [persona] [de empresa] top manager;[de la administración] top-ranking official; [puesto] top position o job;los altos cargos del partido the party leadership;los altos cargos de la empresa the company's top management;alta cocina haute cuisine;Alto Comisionado High Commission;alta costura haute couture;Mil alto mando [persona] high-ranking officer; [jefatura] high command;alta sociedad high societyaltas finanzas high finance;Informát de alto nivel [lenguaje] high-level;alta tecnología high technology6. [sonido, voz] loud;en voz alta in a loud voice;el que no esté de acuerdo que lo diga en voz alta if anyone disagrees, speak up7. [hora] late;a altas horas de la noche late at night8. Geog upper;un crucero por el curso alto del Danubio a cruise along the upper reaches of the Danube;el Alto Egipto Upper EgyptHist Alto Perú = name given to Bolivia during the colonial era; Antes Alto Volta Upper Volta9. Hist High;la alta Edad Media the High Middle Ages10. [noble] [ideales] lofty11. [crecido, alborotado] [río] swollen;[mar] rough;con estas lluvias el río va alto the rain has swollen the river's banks♦ nm1. [altura] height;mide 2 metros de alto [cosa] it's 2 metres high;[persona] he's 2 metres tall2. [lugar elevado] heightlos Altos del Golán the Golan Heights3. [detención] stop;hacer un alto to make a stop;hicimos un alto en el camino para comer we stopped to have a bite to eat;dar el alto a alguien to challenge sbalto el fuego [cese de hostilidades] ceasefire;¡alto el fuego! [orden] cease fire!4. Mús alto5. [voz alta]no se atreve a decir las cosas en alto she doesn't dare say out loud what she's thinking6. Andes, Méx, RP [montón] pile;tengo un alto de cosas para leer I have a pile o mountain of things to readvive en los altos de la tintorería she lives in a separate Br flat o US apartment above the dry cleaner's♦ adv1. [arriba] high (up);volar muy alto to fly very high2. [hablar] loud;por favor, no hables tan alto please, don't talk so loud♦ interjhalt!, stop!;¡alto! ¿quién va? halt! who goes there?;¡alto ahí! [en discusión] hold on a minute!;[a un fugitivo] stop!* * *1en alta mar on the high seas;el alto Salado the upper (reaches of the) Salado;los pisos altos the top floors;en voz alta out loud;a altas horas de la noche in the small hours;clase alta high class;alta calidad high qualityhablar alto speak loudly;pasar por alto overlook;poner más alto TV, RAD turn up;por todo lo alto fam lavishly;en alto on high ground, high up;llegar alto go farIII m1 ( altura) height;dos metros de alto two meters high2 Chipile3:los altos de Golán GEOG the Golan Heights2 m1 halt;¡alto! halt!;dar el alto a alguien order s.o. to stop;¡alto ahí! stop right there!2 ( pausa) pause;hacer un alto stop* * *alto adv1) : high2) : loud, loudlyalto, -ta adj1) : tall, high2) : louden voz alta: aloud, out loudalto nm1) altura: height, elevation2) : stop, halt3) altos nmpl: upper floorsalto interj: halt!, stop!* * *alto1 adj1. (en general) high2. (persona, edificio, árbol) tall3. (sonido, voz) loudalto2 adv1. (volar, subir) high2. (hablar) loudly -
5 Historical Portugal
Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims inPortugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and theChurch (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict untilUN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU. -
6 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.■ Cinema■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.■ Literature in English Translation: Selection■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.■ EQUESTRIANISM■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.comHistorical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
-
7 ver
v.1 to perceive.Veo a tu hermana muy cansado I see your sister very tired.2 to have eyesight.Mis ojos ven bien My eyes see fine.3 to understand.4 to be witness of, to witness.5 to see, to look at, sight, to view.¿ves algo? can you see anything?he estado viendo tu trabajo I've been looking at your workya veo que estás de mal humor I can see you're in a bad mood¿ves lo que quiero decir? do you see what I mean?ir a ver lo que pasa to go and see what's going ones una manera de ver las cosas that's one way of looking at ityo no lo veo tan mal I don't think it's that badEllos ven los cuadros They see the pictures.Ellas ven los cuadros They see the pictures.María ve la gravedad del asunto Mary sees the seriousness of the situation.Mis ojos ven bien My eyes see fine.Veo a tu hermano muy cansado I see your brother very tired.* * *Present IndicativePast IndicativeImperfect SubjunctiveFuture SubjunctiveImperativeve (tú), vea (él/Vd.), veamos (nos.), ved (vos.), vean (ellos/Vds.).Past Participlevisto,-a.* * *verb1) to see2) understand3) examine4) visit5) witness* * *Para las expresiones ver visiones, no ver tres en un burro, ver el sustantivo.1. VERBO TRANSITIVO1) (=percibir)a) [+ persona, objeto] to seeme acuerdo como si lo estuviera viendo — I remember it as if I were seeing it now, I remember it as if it were yesterday
—
¡hubieran visto qué casa! — (Méx) you should have seen the house!
•
dejarse ver, este año Pedro no se ha dejado ver por aquí — we haven't seen much of Pedro this yearsi te he visto no me acuerdo —
le pedí que me ayudara, pero si te he visto no me acuerdo — I asked him to help me but he (just) didn't want to know
ver algn/algo venir —
-¿que ha dimitido? -eso ya lo veía venir — "he's resigned?" - "well, you could see it coming"
ya te veo venir, ¿a que quieres que te preste el coche? — I know what you're after, you want to borrow the car, don't you?
b) [+ gerund]c) [+ infin]d) [+ adj]2) (=mirar) [+ televisión, programa, partido] to watchanoche vi una película en la tele — I saw o watched a film on TV last night
•
es (digno) de ver — it's worth seeingno poder (ni) ver a algn —
3) (en saludos)¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!
¡hasta más ver! — see you again!
4) (=visitar) to seetendré que ir a ver al abogado — I shall have to go to o and see my solicitor
5) (=imaginar) to see, imaginelo estoy viendo de almirante — I can just see o imagine him as an admiral
6) (=vivir) to live throughy usted que lo vea, y tú que lo veas —
-¡a celebrarlo con salud el año próximo! - ¡y usted que lo vea! — "many happy returns!" - "thank you!"
7) (=examinar) to look at8) (=comprobar) to see•
¡verás como al final te caerás! — you'll fall, you just wait and see!ya verás como al final tengo que hacerlo yo — I'll end up doing it myself, you'll see
•
habrá que ver, habrá que ver lo que les habrá contado — we'll have to see what he's told them•
voy a ver si está en su despacho — I'll see if he's in his office9) (=notar) to see-¿ves que no son iguales? -pues, no lo veo — "can't you see they're not the same?" - "no, I can't"
-gana más de cien mil al mes -¡ya ves! — "she earns more than 100,000 a month" - "well, there you go!"
•
dejarse ver, los efectos de la crisis se dejaron ver meses después — the effects of the crisis were felt months later•
echar de ver algo — to notice sth•
por lo que veo — from what I can see10) (=entender) to see¿no ves que...? — don't o can't you see that...?
•
hacer ver algo a algn — to point sth out to sb11) (=encontrar) to see12) (Jur) [+ pleito] to hear, try13) tener que ver-es demasiado pequeño -¿y eso qué tiene que ver? — "it's too small" - "what's that got to do with it?"
esto tiene que ver con lo que estudiamos ayer — this has to do with what we were looking at yesterday
14) a vera ver niños, ¿cuál es la capital de Francia? — now, children, what is the capital of France?
-mira, tú sales en la foto -¿a ver? — "look, you're in the photo" - "let's have a look" o"let's see"
a ver ese niño, que no se quede solo — don't leave that child on his own
a ver qué dicen las noticias sobre el robo — let's see if there's anything about the robbery on the news
-estás estudiando mucho -¡a ver, no queda más remedio! — "you're doing a lot of studying" - "well, I haven't got much choice!"
¡a ver, cállate ya! — shut up, will you!
¿a ver? — (And) (Telec) hello?
•
a ver si..., a ver si acabas pronto — see if you can finish this off quickly¡a ver si te crees que no lo sé! — surely you don't think I don't know about it!
2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) (=percibir) to see•
eso está por ver — that remains to be seenque no veo * —
que no veas * —
ver y callar —
no digas nada, tú solo ver y callar — you'd better keep your mouth shut about this
2) (=comprobar) to seesegún voy viendo... — as I am beginning to see...
-¿quién ha venido? -no sé, voy a ver — "who is it?" -"I don't know, I'll go and see"
- al final siempre me toca hacerlo a mi -ya veo — "in the end it's always me that has to do it" - "so I see"
3) (=entender) to see¿ves?, así es mucho más fácil — you see? it's much easier like this
a mi modo de ver — as I see it, the way I see it
¿viste? — ( Cono Sur) right?, are you with me?
4)• ver de hacer algo — to see about doing sth, try to do sth
tenemos que ver de solucionar este problema — we must try to o and find a solution to this problem
veremos de salir temprano — we'll see if we can leave early, we'll try to o and leave early
•
¡hay que ver!, ¡hay que ver lo que te pareces a tu madre! — gosh! how like your mother you are o look!¡hay que ver lo que ha cambiado la ciudad! — it's incredible o you wouldn't believe how much the town has changed!
•
¡ para que veas!, ha aprobado todas las asignaturas, ¡para que veas! — she passed all her exams, how about that!no solo no perdí, sino que arrasé, ¡para que veas! — not only did I not lose, but I won by a mile, so there!
—
—
eso está o queda en veremos — it's not certain yet
•
vamos a ver — let's see..., let me see...-¿esto tiene arreglo? -no sé, vamos a ver — "can this be repaired?" - "I don't know, let's see o let me see"
¿por qué no me llamaste, vamos a ver? — why didn't you call me, I'd like to know?
•
ya veremos — we'll see-¿podré ir a la fiesta? -ya veremos — "can I go to the party?" - "we'll see"
3.See:* * *I1) ( aspecto)de buen ver — good-looking, attractive
2) ( opinión)II 1.a mi/su ver — in my/his view
verbo transitivo1)a) ( percibir con la vista) to see¿ves algo? — can you see anything?
es como si lo estuviera viendo — it's as if I were seeing him/it now
ver algo/a alguien + inf — to see something/somebody + inf
si te he visto no me acuerdo — (fam) he/she doesn't/didn't want to know
ver venir algo — to see something coming
b) ( mirar) <programa/partido> to watchno poder (ni) ver a alguien: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver — he can't stand her
c) ( imaginar) to see, picture2) (entender, notar) to see¿no ves lo que está pasando? — don't o can't you see what's happening?
se la ve feliz/preocupada — she looks happy/worried
hacerse ver — (RPl) to show off
echar de ver — (Esp) to realize
3)a) (constatar, comprobar) to seeno me olvidé para que veas! — I didn't forget, see?
le gané para que veas! — I beat him, so there!
b) ( ser testigo de) to seees tan bonita, si vieras... — she's so pretty, you should see her
vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron...! — (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!
ya ves, aquí me tienes — well, here I am
hay que ver lo que ha crecido! — wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!
que no veas — (Esp fam)
que no veo — (AmL fam)
tengo un hambre que no veo — (fam) I'm absolutely starving (colloq)
tengo un sueño que no veo — I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes open
4)a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?; aquí está en el periódico - ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper - let's see; ¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see what you've got there; apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and let's see what happens; a ver si me entienden ( justificando) don't get me wrong; ( explicando) let me make myself clear; a ver si estudias más I'd think about studying harder; a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon; cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you; a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos — come and see us soon
5)a) ( estudiar)¿la ha visto un médico? — has she been seen by a doctor yet?
se hizo ver por un especialista — (AmS) she saw a specialist
c) (Der) < causa> to try, hear6)a) (juzgar, considerar)a mi modo or manera de ver — the way I see it
b) ( encontrar) to see7) (visitar, entrevistarse con) <amigo/pariente> to see, visit; <médico/jefe> to seecuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see (colloq)
8)2.tener... que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?; no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him; ¿tuviste algo que ver en esto? did you have anything to do with this?; ¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?; ¿tendrán algo que ver con los Zamora? — are they related in any way to the Zamoras?
ver vi1) ( percibir con la vista) to seeenciende la luz que no veo — turn on the light, I can't see
no veo bien de lejos/de cerca — I'm shortsighted/longsighted
2) ( constatar)¿hay cerveza? - no sé, voy a ver — is there any beer? - I don't know, I'll have a look
¿está Juan? - voy a ver — is Juan in? - I'll go and see
verás, no quería decírtelo, pero... — look, I didn't want to tell you, but...
pues verás, todo empezó cuando... — well you see, the whole thing began when...
3) ( pensar) to see¿vas a decir que sí? - ya veré — are you going to accept? - I'll see
estar/seguir en veremos — (AmL fam)
3.seguimos en veremos — we still don't know anything
verse v pron1) (refl)a) ( percibirse) to see oneselfb) ( imaginarse) to see oneself2)a) ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneselfvérselas venir — (fam)
me las veía venir — I could see it coming
b) (frml) ( ser)este problema se ha visto agravado por... — this problem has been made worse by...
3) ( dejar ver) (+ me/te/le etc)4) (esp AmL) ( parecer)5) (recípr) ( encontrarse) to meet; ( visitarse) to see each othernos vemos a las siete — I'll meet o see you at seven
nos vemos! — (esp AmL) see you!
vérselas con alguien: tendrá que vérselas conmigo — he'll have me to deal with
* * *= descry, discern, see, spot, view, view, witness, check out, make out, look down over, look down on/upon, catch + sight of.Ex. He looked up and descried a gym class, all wet and draggled, scurrying back across the sodden football field.Ex. Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.Ex. Where the conference cannot be seen to have a name, then the work will normally be treated as a collection.Ex. When all necessary amendments have been spotted, edit the draft abstract and make any improvements to the style that are possible.Ex. Thus it is possible in an author sequence to view easily the works of one author.Ex. Many librarians viewed AACR1 as such a significant improvement upon its predecessors, that they were content.Ex. We sometimes only have to speak a word to witness a reaction in other people that should logically follow only if the object itself were present.Ex. Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.Ex. She could just make out that he was standing against the wall near the door, ready to jump anyone who came out the door.Ex. There was one ram that was content to stay up in the cliffs and look down over his domain.Ex. The characters stand inside a mysterious domed structure looking down on the Earth watching the 19th century take shape.Ex. 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.----* acercarse sin ser visto = sidle up to.* alcanzar a ver = glimpse.* algo digno de ver = a sight to behold.* al ver = at the sight of.* a mi modo de ver = in my books.* de buen ver = good looking.* dejar de ver = become + blind to.* dejarse ver = have + visibility.* dichosos los ojos que te ven = a sight for sore eyes.* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).* el ver televisión = television viewing.* estar mal visto = frown on/upon.* estar por ver = be an open question.* forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.* hacerse ver = gain + exposure.* hacer ver = alert to, bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, call + attention to, awaken, bring + home, open + Posesivo + eyes to, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice, get across.* hacer ver claramente = hammer + home + message, show + clearly.* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.* los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = cannot see the forest for the trees.* manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.* no aguantar ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.* no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.* no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.* no querer tener nada que ver Algo = would not touch + Nombre + with a barge pole.* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.* no ver = be blind to.* no ver con buenos ojos = not take + kindly to.* no verse afectado = be none the worse for wear, be none the worse for (that).* no verse comprometido por = be uncompromised by.* no verse en peligro = be uncompromised by.* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = ignorance is bliss.* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = out of sight out of mind.* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.* referencia "véase" = see reference.* referencia "véase además" = see also reference.* salir sin ser visto = slip out, steal away.* según lo ve + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.* ser algo por ver = be an open question.* sin ser visto = undetected, unobserved.* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.* tener que ver con = be concerned with, concern, relate to, hold + a stake in, have + a stake in, be a question of.* una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.* una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.* un espectáculo digno de ver = a sight to behold.* véase = see under, SU, refer-to, qv (quod vide -latín).* véase además = see also.* véase como ejemplo = witness.* véase desde = see from, refer-from.* véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.* Veo, Veo = I Spy.* ver Algo a través de los ojos de Alguien = look at + Nombre + through + Posesivo + eyes.* ver Algo con humor = a funny eye for.* ver Algo desde el punto de vista + Adjetivo = view + Nombre + through + Adjetivo + eyes.* ver Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = view + Nombre + in a new light, see + Nombre + in a new light.* ver Algo desde una perspectiva + Adjetivo = see + Nombre + in a + Adjetivo + light.* ver Algo venir = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.* ver a través de = see through, see through.* ver bien = welcome.* ver con los mismos ojos = see + eye to eye (with/on).* ver con los prismáticos = glass.* ver con recelo = have + reservations (about).* ver con un ojo crítico = view with + a critical eye.* ver de antemano = preview.* ver desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on.* ver desventajas = see + drawbacks.* ver de un vistazo = see + at a glance.* ver doble = see + double.* ver el motivo de Algo = glean + the reason for.* ver el mundo desde una perspectiva diferente = see + the world in a different light.* ver el porqué = see + the point.* ver el propósito = see + the point.* ver el sentido = see + the point.* ver en pantalla = scroll.* ver faltas en = see + faults in.* ver grabación en vídeo = video playback.* ver inconvenientes = see + drawbacks.* ver la finalidad = see + the point.* ver la luz = see + the light.* ver la luz al final del túnel = see + the light at the end of the tunnel.* ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.* ver la muerte de cerca = have + brushes with death.* ver la oportunidad = see + a chance.* ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.* ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.* ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.* ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.* ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.* ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.* ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.* ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.* ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.* ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.* ver las estrellas = see + stars.* ver la tele = watch + the telly.* ver la utilidad = see + the point.* verle las orejas al lobo = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.* ver lo que Alguien realmente piensa = see into + Posesivo + heart.* ver lo que + avecinarse = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.* ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.* ver mundo = see + life, see + the world.* ver + Nombre + con nuevos ojos = view + Nombre + through fresh eyes.* ver + Nombre + desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = see + Nombre + through + Nombre + eyes.* verse en la necesidad = be constrained to.* verse en la necesidad de = be left with the need to.* verse en la necesidad urgente de = be hard pressed.* verse en la situación = find + Reflexivo + in the position.* verse en medio de = caught in the middle.* verse envuelto en = become + involved in, get + involved with/in.* verse frustrado = become + frustrated.* vérselas canutas = have + a devil of a time.* vérselas con = contend with.* vérselas negras = jump through + hoops, have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre, have + a devil of a time.* vérsele a Alguien el plumero = give + Reflexivo + away.* verse muy afectado por = have + a high stake in.* verse negro = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.* verse obligado a no + Infinitivo = be enjoined from + Gerundio.* verse superado sólo por = be second only to.* verse venir = be on the cards.* ver televisión = watch + television.* ver un fantasma = see + a ghost.* ver ventajas = see + advantages.* vistas desde fuera = outwardly.* visto desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.* * *I1) ( aspecto)de buen ver — good-looking, attractive
2) ( opinión)II 1.a mi/su ver — in my/his view
verbo transitivo1)a) ( percibir con la vista) to see¿ves algo? — can you see anything?
es como si lo estuviera viendo — it's as if I were seeing him/it now
ver algo/a alguien + inf — to see something/somebody + inf
si te he visto no me acuerdo — (fam) he/she doesn't/didn't want to know
ver venir algo — to see something coming
b) ( mirar) <programa/partido> to watchno poder (ni) ver a alguien: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver — he can't stand her
c) ( imaginar) to see, picture2) (entender, notar) to see¿no ves lo que está pasando? — don't o can't you see what's happening?
se la ve feliz/preocupada — she looks happy/worried
hacerse ver — (RPl) to show off
echar de ver — (Esp) to realize
3)a) (constatar, comprobar) to seeno me olvidé para que veas! — I didn't forget, see?
le gané para que veas! — I beat him, so there!
b) ( ser testigo de) to seees tan bonita, si vieras... — she's so pretty, you should see her
vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron...! — (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!
ya ves, aquí me tienes — well, here I am
hay que ver lo que ha crecido! — wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!
que no veas — (Esp fam)
que no veo — (AmL fam)
tengo un hambre que no veo — (fam) I'm absolutely starving (colloq)
tengo un sueño que no veo — I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes open
4)a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?; aquí está en el periódico - ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper - let's see; ¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see what you've got there; apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and let's see what happens; a ver si me entienden ( justificando) don't get me wrong; ( explicando) let me make myself clear; a ver si estudias más I'd think about studying harder; a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon; cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you; a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos — come and see us soon
5)a) ( estudiar)¿la ha visto un médico? — has she been seen by a doctor yet?
se hizo ver por un especialista — (AmS) she saw a specialist
c) (Der) < causa> to try, hear6)a) (juzgar, considerar)a mi modo or manera de ver — the way I see it
b) ( encontrar) to see7) (visitar, entrevistarse con) <amigo/pariente> to see, visit; <médico/jefe> to seecuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see (colloq)
8)2.tener... que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?; no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him; ¿tuviste algo que ver en esto? did you have anything to do with this?; ¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?; ¿tendrán algo que ver con los Zamora? — are they related in any way to the Zamoras?
ver vi1) ( percibir con la vista) to seeenciende la luz que no veo — turn on the light, I can't see
no veo bien de lejos/de cerca — I'm shortsighted/longsighted
2) ( constatar)¿hay cerveza? - no sé, voy a ver — is there any beer? - I don't know, I'll have a look
¿está Juan? - voy a ver — is Juan in? - I'll go and see
verás, no quería decírtelo, pero... — look, I didn't want to tell you, but...
pues verás, todo empezó cuando... — well you see, the whole thing began when...
3) ( pensar) to see¿vas a decir que sí? - ya veré — are you going to accept? - I'll see
estar/seguir en veremos — (AmL fam)
3.seguimos en veremos — we still don't know anything
verse v pron1) (refl)a) ( percibirse) to see oneselfb) ( imaginarse) to see oneself2)a) ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneselfvérselas venir — (fam)
me las veía venir — I could see it coming
b) (frml) ( ser)este problema se ha visto agravado por... — this problem has been made worse by...
3) ( dejar ver) (+ me/te/le etc)4) (esp AmL) ( parecer)5) (recípr) ( encontrarse) to meet; ( visitarse) to see each othernos vemos a las siete — I'll meet o see you at seven
nos vemos! — (esp AmL) see you!
vérselas con alguien: tendrá que vérselas conmigo — he'll have me to deal with
* * *= descry, discern, see, spot, view, view, witness, check out, make out, look down over, look down on/upon, catch + sight of.Ex: He looked up and descried a gym class, all wet and draggled, scurrying back across the sodden football field.
Ex: Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.Ex: Where the conference cannot be seen to have a name, then the work will normally be treated as a collection.Ex: When all necessary amendments have been spotted, edit the draft abstract and make any improvements to the style that are possible.Ex: Thus it is possible in an author sequence to view easily the works of one author.Ex: Many librarians viewed AACR1 as such a significant improvement upon its predecessors, that they were content.Ex: We sometimes only have to speak a word to witness a reaction in other people that should logically follow only if the object itself were present.Ex: Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.Ex: She could just make out that he was standing against the wall near the door, ready to jump anyone who came out the door.Ex: There was one ram that was content to stay up in the cliffs and look down over his domain.Ex: The characters stand inside a mysterious domed structure looking down on the Earth watching the 19th century take shape.Ex: 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.* acercarse sin ser visto = sidle up to.* alcanzar a ver = glimpse.* algo digno de ver = a sight to behold.* al ver = at the sight of.* a mi modo de ver = in my books.* de buen ver = good looking.* dejar de ver = become + blind to.* dejarse ver = have + visibility.* dichosos los ojos que te ven = a sight for sore eyes.* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).* el ver televisión = television viewing.* estar mal visto = frown on/upon.* estar por ver = be an open question.* forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.* hacerse ver = gain + exposure.* hacer ver = alert to, bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, call + attention to, awaken, bring + home, open + Posesivo + eyes to, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice, get across.* hacer ver claramente = hammer + home + message, show + clearly.* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.* los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = cannot see the forest for the trees.* manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.* no aguantar ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.* no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.* no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.* no querer tener nada que ver Algo = would not touch + Nombre + with a barge pole.* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.* no ver = be blind to.* no ver con buenos ojos = not take + kindly to.* no verse afectado = be none the worse for wear, be none the worse for (that).* no verse comprometido por = be uncompromised by.* no verse en peligro = be uncompromised by.* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = ignorance is bliss.* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = out of sight out of mind.* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.* referencia "véase" = see reference.* referencia "véase además" = see also reference.* salir sin ser visto = slip out, steal away.* según lo ve + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.* ser algo por ver = be an open question.* sin ser visto = undetected, unobserved.* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.* tener que ver con = be concerned with, concern, relate to, hold + a stake in, have + a stake in, be a question of.* una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.* una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.* un espectáculo digno de ver = a sight to behold.* véase = see under, SU, refer-to, qv (quod vide -latín).* véase además = see also.* véase como ejemplo = witness.* véase desde = see from, refer-from.* véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.* Veo, Veo = I Spy.* ver Algo a través de los ojos de Alguien = look at + Nombre + through + Posesivo + eyes.* ver Algo con humor = a funny eye for.* ver Algo desde el punto de vista + Adjetivo = view + Nombre + through + Adjetivo + eyes.* ver Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = view + Nombre + in a new light, see + Nombre + in a new light.* ver Algo desde una perspectiva + Adjetivo = see + Nombre + in a + Adjetivo + light.* ver Algo venir = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.* ver a través de = see through, see through.* ver bien = welcome.* ver con los mismos ojos = see + eye to eye (with/on).* ver con los prismáticos = glass.* ver con recelo = have + reservations (about).* ver con un ojo crítico = view with + a critical eye.* ver de antemano = preview.* ver desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on.* ver desventajas = see + drawbacks.* ver de un vistazo = see + at a glance.* ver doble = see + double.* ver el motivo de Algo = glean + the reason for.* ver el mundo desde una perspectiva diferente = see + the world in a different light.* ver el porqué = see + the point.* ver el propósito = see + the point.* ver el sentido = see + the point.* ver en pantalla = scroll.* ver faltas en = see + faults in.* ver grabación en vídeo = video playback.* ver inconvenientes = see + drawbacks.* ver la finalidad = see + the point.* ver la luz = see + the light.* ver la luz al final del túnel = see + the light at the end of the tunnel.* ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.* ver la muerte de cerca = have + brushes with death.* ver la oportunidad = see + a chance.* ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.* ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.* ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.* ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.* ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.* ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.* ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.* ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.* ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.* ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.* ver las estrellas = see + stars.* ver la tele = watch + the telly.* ver la utilidad = see + the point.* verle las orejas al lobo = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.* ver lo que Alguien realmente piensa = see into + Posesivo + heart.* ver lo que + avecinarse = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.* ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.* ver mundo = see + life, see + the world.* ver + Nombre + con nuevos ojos = view + Nombre + through fresh eyes.* ver + Nombre + desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = see + Nombre + through + Nombre + eyes.* verse en la necesidad = be constrained to.* verse en la necesidad de = be left with the need to.* verse en la necesidad urgente de = be hard pressed.* verse en la situación = find + Reflexivo + in the position.* verse en medio de = caught in the middle.* verse envuelto en = become + involved in, get + involved with/in.* verse frustrado = become + frustrated.* vérselas canutas = have + a devil of a time.* vérselas con = contend with.* vérselas negras = jump through + hoops, have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre, have + a devil of a time.* vérsele a Alguien el plumero = give + Reflexivo + away.* verse muy afectado por = have + a high stake in.* verse negro = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.* verse obligado a no + Infinitivo = be enjoined from + Gerundio.* verse superado sólo por = be second only to.* verse venir = be on the cards.* ver televisión = watch + television.* ver un fantasma = see + a ghost.* ver ventajas = see + advantages.* vistas desde fuera = outwardly.* visto desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.* * *ver1A(aspecto): aún está de buen ver he's still good-looking o attractive, he still looks goodno es de mal ver she's not bad-lookingB(opinión): a mi/su ver in my/his view, as I see/he sees it■ ver (verbo transitivo)A1 percibir con la vista2 mirar3 imaginarB1 entender, notar2 echar de verC1 constatar, comprobar2 ser testigo deD a verE1 estudiar2 examinar: médico3 DerechoF1 juzgar, considerar2 encontrarG visitar, entrevistarse conH en el póquerI tener... que ver■ ver (verbo intransitivo)A percibir con la vistaB constatarC estudiar, pensarD a verE ver de■ verse (verbo pronominal)A1 percibirse2 imaginarseB1 hallarse2 serC parecerD encontrarsevtA1 (percibir con la vista) to see¿ves el letrero allí enfrente? can o do you see that sign opposite?lo vi con mis propios ojos I saw it with my own eyes¿ves algo? can you see anything?enciende la luz que no se ve nada switch on the light, I can't see a thingtú ves visiones, allí no hay nada you're seeing things, there's nothing therese te ve la combinación your slip is showingme acuerdo perfectamente, es como si lo estuviera viendo I remember it perfectly, as if I were seeing it nowver algo/a algn + INF/GER:la vi bailar en Londres hace años I saw her dance in London years agola vi metérselo en el bolsillo I saw her put it into her pocketlos vieron salir por la puerta trasera they were seen leaving by the back doorlo vi hablando con ella I saw him talking to herahí donde lo/la ves: ahí donde la ves tiene un genio … incredible though it may seem, she has a real temper …aquí donde me ves, tengo 90 años cumplidos believe it or not, I'm ninety years oldno ver ni tres en un burro or ni un burro a tres pasos or ni jota ( fam): sin gafas no veo ni jota I can't see a thing without my glasses, without my glasses I'm as blind as a batsi te he visto no me acuerdo ( fam): en cuanto le pedí un favor, si te he visto no me acuerdo as soon as I asked a favor of him, he just didn't want to knowver venir algo/a algn: el fracaso se veía venir it was obvious o you could see it was going to failte veía venir, ya sabía lo que me ibas a pedir I thought as much, I knew what you were going to ask me forya lo veo venir, seguro que quiere una semana libre I know what he's after, I bet he wants a week off ( colloq)¡y tú que lo veas!: ¡que cumplas muchos más! — ¡y tú que lo veas! many happy returns! — thank you very muchvan a bajar los impuestos — ¡y tú que lo veas! ( iró); they're going to cut taxes — do you think you'll live long enough to see it? ( iro)2 (mirar) to watchestaba viendo la televisión I was watching televisionesa película ya la he visto I've seen that movie before¿te has hecho daño?, déjame ver have you hurt yourself? let me seeun espectáculo que hay que ver a show which you must see o which is not to be missed o ( colloq) which is a mustno poder (ni) ver a algn: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver he can't stand her, he can't stand the sight of herno lo puedo ver ni pintado or ni en pintura ( fam); I can't stand the sight of him3 (imaginar) to see, imagine, pictureyo no la veo viviendo en el campo I can't see o imagine o picture her living in the countryya la veo tumbada en la arena sin hacer nada … I can see o picture her now lying on the sand doing nothing …B1 (entender, notar) to see¿no ves que la situación es grave? don't o can't you see how serious the situation is?¿ves qué amargo es? you see how bitter it is?no quiere ver la realidad he won't face up to realitysólo ve sus problemas he's only interested in his own problemsse te ve en la cara I can tell by your facese le ve que disfruta con su trabajo you can see o tell she enjoys her workte veo preocupado ¿qué te pasa? you look worried, what's the matter?la veo muy contenta she looks o seems very happyes un poco complicado, ¿sabes? — ya se ve it's a bit complicated, you know — so I (can) seeya veo/ya se ve que no tienes mucha práctica en esto I can see o it's obvious you haven't had much practice at this, you obviously haven't had much practice at thishacerse ver ( RPl); to show off2echar de ver to realize, noticepronto echó de ver que le faltaba dinero he soon realized o noticed that some of his money was missingse echa de ver que está muy contento it's obvious he's very happyC1 (constatar, comprobar) to seeve a ver quién es go and see who it is¡ya verás lo que es bueno si no me haces caso! you'll see what you get if you don't do as I sayhabrá que ver si cumple su promesa it remains to be seen o we'll have to see whether he keeps his promiseverás como no viene he won't come, wait and see o you'll seeya no funciona ¿lo ves? or ¿viste? te dije que no lo tocaras now, it's not working any more. You see? I told you not to touch it¡eso ya se verá! we'll see¡eso está por ver! we'll see about that!¡para que veas! ¡tú que decías que no iba a ser capaz! see? I did it! and you said I wouldn't be able to!gané por tres sets a cero ¡para que veas! I won by three sets to love, so there!2 (ser testigo de) to seevieron confirmadas sus sospechas they saw their suspicions confirmed, their suspicions were confirmed¡nunca he visto cosa igual! I've never seen anything like it!¡habráse visto semejante desfachatez! what a nerve! ( colloq)¡si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! you can't imagine how awful it was!es tan bonita, si vieras … she's so pretty, you should see her¡vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron …! ( AmL); you should have seen the fright they got!tenías que haber visto lo furioso que se puso you should have seen how angry he got¡hombre! ¿tú por aquí? — ya ves, no tenía otra cosa que hacer hello, what are you doing here? — well, I didn't have anything else to dopensaba tomarme el día libre pero ya ves, aquí me tienes I intended taking the day off but … well, here I am¡hay que ver! ¡lo que son las cosas! well, well, well! o I don't know! would you believe it?¡hay que ver! hasta se llevaron el dinero de los niños would you believe it! they even took the children's money¡hay que ver lo que ha crecido! wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!hay que ver qué bien se portaron they behaved really well, it's amazing how well they behavedhay que ver lo grosera que es she's incredibly rudeque no veas ( Esp fam): me echó una bronca que no veas she gave me such an earful! ( colloq), you wouldn't believe the earful she gave me! ( colloq)tenía una borrachera que no veas he was absolutely blind drunktienen una cocina que no veas they have an incredible kitchenque no veo ( AmL fam): tengo un hambre que no veo ( fam); I'm absolutely starving ( colloq), I'm so hungry I could eat a horse ( colloq)tengo un sueño que no veo I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes openDa ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right o well, now, what's the problem?a ver, el fórceps, rápido give me the forceps, quicklyaquí está en el periódico — ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper — let's see¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see o show me what you've got there, what have you got there?aprieta el botón a ver qué pasa press the button and let's see what happensa ver si arreglas esa lámpara when are you going to fix that light?a ver si escribes pronto write soon, make sure you write soon¡cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you¡a ver si ahora se cree que se lo robé yo! I hope he doesn't think that I stole it!a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos come and see us soon/one of these days¡a ver! (AmC, Col) (al contestar el teléfono) hello?E1(estudiar): esto mejor que lo veas tú you'd better look at this o see this o have a look at thistengo que ver cómo lo arreglo I have to work out o see how I can fix itaún no lo sé, ya veré qué hago I still don't know, I'll decide what to do latervéase el capítulo anterior see (the) previous chapterno vimos ese tema en clase we didn't look at o study o do that topic in class2«médico» (examinar): ¿la ha visto ya un médico? has she been seen by a doctor yet?, has she seen a doctor yet?¿por qué no te haces ver por un especialista? ( AmS); why don't you see a specialist?3 ( Derecho) ‹causa› to try, hearF1(juzgar, considerar): yo eso no lo veo bien I don't think that's rightcada uno ve las cosas a su manera everybody has their own point of view, everybody sees things differentlya mi modo or manera de ver to my way of thinking, the way I see it2 (encontrar) to seeno le veo salida a esta situación I can't see any way out of this situation¿tú le ves algún inconveniente? can you see any drawbacks to it?no le veo la gracia I don't think it's funny, I don't find it funnyno le veo nada de malo I can't see anything wrong in itno veo por qué no I don't see why notG(visitar, entrevistarse con): es mejor que vea a su propio médico it's better if you go to o see your own doctorhace tiempo que no lo veo I haven't seen him for some time¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see ( colloq)aún no he ido a ver a la abuela I still haven't been to see o visit grandmotherahora que vive lejos lo vemos menos we don't see so much of him now that he lives so far awayH(en el póquer): las veo I'll see youItener … que ver: eso no tiene nada que ver con lo que estamos discutiendo that has nothing to do with what we are discussinges muy joven — ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? he's very young — and what does that have to do with it?no tengo nada que ver con esa compañía I have nothing to do with that company, I have no connection with that company¿tuviste algo que ver en ese asunto? did you have anything to do with o any connection with that business?, were you involved in that business?¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?¿tendrán algo que ver con los Icasuriaga de Zamora? are they related in any way to the Icasuriagas from Zamora?■ verviA (percibir con la vista) to seeno veo bien de lejos/de cerca I'm shortsighted/longsightedenciende la luz que no veo turn on the light, I can't seeB(constatar): ¿hay cerveza? — no sé, voy a ver is there any beer? — I don't know, I'll have a look¿está Juan? — voy a ver is Juan in? — I'll go and seeverás, no quería engañarte pero … look, I wasn't trying to deceive you, it's just that …pues verás, la cosa empezó cuando … well you see, the whole thing began when …ver para creer seeing is believingC (estudiar, pensar) to seevamos a veror veamos, ¿dónde le duele? let's see now, where does it hurt?¿vas a decir que sí? — ya veré, déjame pensarlo un poco are you going to accept? I'll see, let me think about itseguimos en veremos we still don't know anything, we're still in the darkDE ver de (procurar) to tryvean de que no se dé cuenta try to make sure he doesn't noticevamos a ver de hacerlo lo más rápido posible let's try to get it done o let's see if we can get it done as quickly as possible■ verseA ( refl)1 (percibirse) to see oneself¿te quieres ver en el espejo? do you want to see yourself o look at yourself in the mirror?se vio reflejado en el agua he saw his reflection in the water2 (imaginarse) to see oneself¿tú te ves viviendo allí? can you see yourself living there?B1 (hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneselfme vi obligado a despedirlo I was obliged to dismiss him, I had no choice but to dismiss himse vio en la necesidad de pedir dinero prestado he found himself having to borrow moneyme vi en un aprieto I found myself in a tight spotvérselas venir ( fam): me las veía venir por eso tomé precauciones I saw it coming so I took precautionsvérselas y deseárselas: me las vi y me las deseé estudiando y trabajando durante cinco años it was really tough o hard o it was a real struggle studying and working for five yearsverse venir algo to see sth coming2 ( frml)(ser): este problema se ha visto agravado por … this problem has been made worse by …las cifras se ven aumentadas al final del verano the figures rise at the end of the summerel país se verá beneficiado con este acuerdo the country will benefit from this agreementme veo gordísima con esta falda I look really fat in this skirtD ( recípr) (encontrarse) to meetse veían un par de veces al mes they used to see each other o meet a couple of times a monthnos vemos a las siete I'll meet o see you at sevenes mejor que no nos veamos durante un tiempo we'd better not see each other for a while¡nos vemos! ( esp AmL); see you!, I'll be seeing you!verse CON algn to see sbya no me veo con ellos I don't see them any morevérselas con algn: tendrá que vérselas conmigo como se atreva a molestarte he'll have me to deal with if he dares to bother you* * *
ver 1 sustantivo masculino
1 ( aspecto):◊ ser de buen ver to be good-looking o attractive
2 ( opinión):◊ a mi/su ver in my/his view
ver 2 ( conjugate ver) verbo transitivo
1
◊ ¿ves algo? can you see anything?;
no se ve nada aquí you can't see a thing in here;
lo vi hablando con ella I saw him talking to her
esa película ya la he visto I've seen that movie before;
no poder (ni) ver a algn: no la puede ver he can't stand her
2 (entender, notar) to see;◊ ¿no ves lo que está pasando? don't o can't you see what's happening?;
se la ve preocupada she looks worried;
hacerse ver (RPl) to show off
3
¡ya verás lo que pasa! you'll see what happens;
¡ya se verá! we'll see
◊ ¡nunca he visto cosa igual! I've never seen anything like it!;
¡si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! you can't imagine how awful it was!;
¡hubieras visto cómo se asustaron! (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!
4◊ a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?;
está aquí, en el periódico — ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper — let's see;
apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and see what happens;
a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon
5a) ( estudiar):
tengo que ver cómo lo arreglo I have to work out how I can fix it;
ya veré qué hago I'll decide what to do later
◊ ¿la ha visto un médico? has she been seen by a doctor yet?
6a) (juzgar, considerar):
a mi modo or manera de ver the way I see it
no le veo la gracia I don't think it's funny
7 (visitar, entrevistarse con) ‹amigo/pariente› to see, visit;
‹médico/jefe› to see;◊ ¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! I haven't seen you for ages!
8◊ tener … que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?;
no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him;
¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?
verbo intransitivo
1 ( percibir con la vista) to see;
no veo bien de lejos/de cerca I'm shortsighted/longsighted
2 ( constatar):◊ ¿hay cerveza? — no sé, voy a ver is there any beer? — I don't know, I'll have a look;
pues verás, todo empezó cuando … well you see, the whole thing began when …
3 ( pensar) to see;
estar/seguir en veremos (AmL fam): todavía está en veremos it isn't certain yet;
seguimos en veremos we still don't know anything
verse verbo pronominal
1 ( refl) (percibirse, imaginarse) to see oneself
2 ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself;
me vi obligado a despedirlo I had no choice but to dismiss him
3 (esp AmL) ( parecer):
no se ve bien con ese peinado that hairdo doesn't suit her
4 ( recípr)
◊ nos vemos a las siete I'll meet o see you at seven;
¡nos vemos! (esp AmL) see you!
verse con algn to see sb
ver 1 m (aspecto exterior) aún estás de buen ver, you're still good-looking
ver 2 I verbo transitivo
1 to see: vi tu cartera sobre la mesa, I saw your wallet on the table
no veo nada, I can't see anything
puede ver tu casa desde aquí, he can see your house from here ➣ Ver nota en see; (mirar la televisión) to watch: estamos viendo las noticias de las tres, we are watching the three o'clock news
(cine) me gustaría ver esa película, I'd like to see that film
2 (entender) no veo por qué no te gusta, I can't see why you don't like it
(considerar) a mi modo de ver, as far as I can see o as I see it
tus padres no ven bien esa relación, your parents don't agree with that relationship
(parecer) se te ve nervioso, you look nervous
3 (averiguar) ya veremos qué sucede, we'll soon see what happens
fam (uso enfático) ¡no veas qué sitio tan bonito!, you wouldn't believe what a beautiful place!
4 a ver, let's see: a ver si acabamos este trabajo, let's see if we can finish this job
me compré un compacto, - ¿a ver?, I bought a compact disc, - let's have a look!
5 (ir a ver, visitar) to see, visit: le fui a ver al hospital, I visited him in hospital
II verbo intransitivo
1 to see: no ve bien de lejos, he's shortsighted, US nearsighted
2 (dudar, pensar) ¿me prestas este libro?, - ya veré, will you lend me this book?, - I'll see
3 (tener relación) no tengo nada que ver con ese asunto, I have nothing to do with that business
solo tiene cincuenta años, - ¿y eso qué tiene qué ver?, he's only fifty, - so what?
♦ Locuciones: no poder ver a alguien: no puede (ni) verle, she can't stand him
¿To see, to watch o to look?
Los tres verbos reflejan tres conceptos muy distintos. To see hace referencia a la capacidad visual y no es fruto de una acción deliberada. A menudo se usa con can o could: I can see the mountains from my bedroom. Puedo ver las montañas desde mi dormitorio.
To look at implica una acción deliberada: I saw an old atlas, so I opened it and looked at the maps. Vi un atlas antiguo, así que lo abrí y miré los mapas.
To watch también se refiere a una acción deliberada, a menudo cuando se tiene un interés especial por lo que ocurre: I watched the planes in the sky with great interest. Miraba los aviones en el cielo con gran interés. Igualmente puede indicar el paso del tiempo (we watched the animals playing for half an hour, durante media hora observamos cómo jugaban los animales), movimiento (they stood there watching the cars drive off into the distance, se quedaron allí de pie viendo cómo se marchaban los coches) o vigilancia (the policemen have been watching this house because they thought we were thieves, los policías estaban vigilando la casa porque pensaban que éramos ladrones).
Para hablar de películas u obras de teatro usamos to see: Have you seen Hamlet?, ¿Has visto Hamlet? To watch se refiere a la televisión y los deportes en general: I always watch the television in the evening. Siempre veo la televisión por las noches. I like to watch football. Me gusta ver el fútbol. Al hablar de programas o partidos específicos podemos usar tanto to watch como to see: I like to see/watch the news at 9:00. Me gusta ver las noticias a las 9.00. Did you see/watch the match last night?, ¿Viste el partido anoche?
' ver' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abundante
- acabar
- aclararse
- aconsejar
- acordar
- acordarse
- acostumbrada
- acostumbrado
- actual
- actualmente
- acuerdo
- adentro
- adición
- advertir
- agradecer
- aguantar
- aguardar
- ahora
- alegre
- almuerzo
- alquiler
- alta
- alto
- amarilla
- amarillo
- americanada
- amplia
- amplio
- añadir
- anexa
- anexo
- añorar
- apartamento
- apellido
- apetecer
- apreciar
- arrepentirse
- arriesgarse
- atreverse
- aún
- ausente
- ayudar
- bajar
- bastante
- burra
- burro
- cachorra
- cachorro
- caliente
English:
able
- add
- add up
- addition
- advertising
- afloat
- afraid
- afternoon
- aghast
- ajar
- akin
- alight
- alike
- alive
- all
- allow
- alone
- already
- although
- among
- amongst
- and
- another
- apartment
- appear
- appendix
- arouse
- as
- ashamed
- asleep
- assassin
- assassinate
- assassination
- associate
- attorney
- averse
- awake
- awaken
- aware
- bar
- barrister
- bath
- be
- beat
- beer
- beg
- benefit
- between
- billion
- bite
* * *♦ nm♦ vt1. [percibir con los ojos] to see;[mirar] to look at; [televisión, programa, espectáculo deportivo] to watch; [película, obra, concierto] to see;¿ves algo? can you see anything?;yo no veo nada I can't see a thing;he estado viendo tu trabajo I've been looking at your work;¿vemos la tele un rato? shall we watch some TV?;esta serie nunca la veo I never watch this series;¿has visto el museo? have you been to the museum?;yo te veo más delgada you look thinner to me;Méx Fam¿qué me ves? what are you looking at?;este edificio ha visto muchos sucesos históricos this building has seen a lot of historic events;los jubilados han visto aumentadas sus pensiones pensioners have had their pensions increased;ver a alguien hacer algo to see sb doing sth;los vi actuar en el festival I saw them acting at the festival;te vi bajar del autobús I saw you getting off the bus;¡si vieras qué bien lo pasamos! if only you knew what a good time we had!;¡si vieras qué cara se le puso! you should have seen her face!;ver venir algo/a alguien: este problema ya lo veía venir I could see this problem coming;lo veo venir I can see what he's up to;verlas venir: él prefiere quedarse a verlas venir he prefers to wait and see;¡quién lo ha visto y quién lo ve! it's amazing how much he's changed!;si no lo veo, no lo creo I'd never have believed it if I hadn't seen it with my own eyes;si te he visto no me acuerdo: pero ahora, si te he visto, no me acuerdo but now he/she/ etc doesn't want to know2. [entender, apreciar, considerar] to see;ya veo que estás de mal humor I can see you're in a bad mood;¿no ves que trata de disculparse? can't you see o tell she's trying to apologize?;¿ves lo que quiero decir? do you see what I mean?;ahora lo veo todo claro now I understand everything;a todo le ve pegas he sees problems in everything;yo no le veo solución a este problema I can't see a solution to this problem;¿tú cómo lo ves? how do you see it?;yo lo veo así I see it this way o like this;es una manera de ver las cosas that's one way of looking at it;yo no lo veo tan mal I don't think it's that bad;ahí donde la ves, era muy guapa de joven she was very pretty when she was young, you know;dejarse ver (por un sitio) to show one's face (somewhere);¿te gusta? – ¡a ver! do you like it? – of course I do!;¡habráse visto!: ¡habráse visto qué cara dura/mal genio tiene! you'd never believe what a cheek/temper he has!;¡hay que ver! [indica sorpresa] would you believe it!;[indica indignación] it makes me mad!;¡hay que ver qué lista es! you wouldn't believe how clever she is!;¡hay que ver cuánto se gasta estando de vacaciones! it's amazing how much you spend when you're on Br holiday o US vacation!;para que veas: no le tengo ningún rencor, ¡para que veas! I don't bear him any hard feelings, in case you were wondering;Famno poder ver a alguien (ni en pintura): no lo puedo ver I can't stand (the sight of) him3. [imaginar] to see;ya veo tu foto en los periódicos I can (just) see your photo in the newspapers;francamente, yo no la veo casada to be honest, I find it hard to see her getting married4. [comprobar] to see;ir a ver lo que pasa to go and see what's going on;ve a ver si quedan cervezas go and see if o have a look if there are any beers left;veré qué puedo hacer I'll see what I can do;queda por ver si ésta es la mejor solución it remains to be seen whether this is the best solution;eso está por ver, eso habrá que verlo that remains to be seen;veamos let's see5. [tratar, estudiar] [tema, problema] to look at;el lunes veremos la lección 6 we'll do lesson 6 on Monday;como ya hemos visto en anteriores capítulos… as we have seen in previous chapters…6. [reconocer] [sujeto: médico, especialista] to have o take a look at;Andes, RPel televisor no funciona, tengo que hacerlo ver the television's not working, I must get someone to have a look at it o get it seen to7. [visitar, citarse con] to see;tienes que ir a ver al médico you ought to see the doctor;ven a vernos cuando quieras come and see us any time you like;mañana vamos a ver a mis padres we're seeing my parents tomorrow;hace siglos que no la veo I haven't seen her for ages;últimamente no los veo mucho I haven't seen much of them recently9. [en juegos de naipes] to see;las veo I'll see you♦ vi1. [percibir con los ojos] to see;ver bien/mal to have good/poor eyesight;no veo bien de cerca/de lejos I'm long-sighted/short-sighted;¿ves bien ahí? can you see all right from there?;Famque no veo: tengo un hambre/sueño que no veo I'm incredibly hungry/tired;Famque no veas: hace un frío/calor que no veas it's incredibly cold/hot;los vecinos arman un ruido que no veas the neighbours are unbelievably noisy;hasta más ver [adiós] see you soon2. [hacer la comprobación] to see;la casa está en muy buenas condiciones – ya veo the house is in very good condition – so I see;es muy sencillo, ya verás it's quite simple, you'll see;creo que me queda uno en el almacén, iré a ver I think I have one left in the storeroom, I'll just go and see o look;vendrá en el periódico – voy a ver it'll be in the newspaper – I'll go and see o look;tú sigue sin estudiar y verás you'll soon see what happens if you carry on not studying;¿ves?, te lo dije (you) see? I told you so;ver para creer seeing is believing3. [decidir]¿lo harás? – ya veré will you do it? – I'll see;ya veremos we'll see4. [en juegos de naipes]¡veo! I'll see you!5. [como muletilla]verás, tengo algo muy importante que decirte listen o look, I've got something very important to say to you;¿qué ha pasado? – pues, verás, yo estaba… what happened? – well, you see, I was…6.a ver: a ver cuánto aguantas en esa postura let's see how long you can hold that position;a ver cuándo vienes a vernos you must come and see us some time;no subas al tejado, a ver si te vas a caer don't go up on the roof, you might fall;¡a ver si tienes más cuidado con lo que dices! you should be a bit more careful what you say!;¿a ver? [mirando con interés] let me see, let's have a look;Col¡a ver! [al teléfono] hello?;a ver, ¿qué te pasa? let's see, what's wrong?;a ver, antes de empezar… let's see, right, before starting…;vamos a ver let's see* * *<part visto>I v/t1 L.Am. ( mirar) look at; televisión watch2 see;sin ser visto unseen, without being seen;la vi ayer en la reunión I saw her yesterday at the meeting;no puede verla fig he can’t stand the sight of her;tengo un hambre que no veo fam I’m starving oravenous;me lo veía venir I could see it coming;te veo venir fig I know what you’re after3 ( visitar):fui a ver al médico I went to see the doctor4 ( opinar):¿cómo lo ves? what do you think?5 ( entender):me hizo ver que estaba equivocado she made me see that I was wrong;¿(lo) ves? (do) you see?7:no tiene nada que ver con it doesn’t have anything to do withII v/i1 L.Am. ( mirar) look;ve aquí dentro look in here2 see;no veo bien sin gafas I don’t see too well without my glasses3 ( considerar):está por ver that remains to be seen;ya veremos we’ll see;vamos a ver let’s see;a ver let’s see, now then:¡hay que ver! would you believe it!;¡para que veas! so there!* * *ver {88} vt1) : to seevimos la película: we saw the movie2) entender: to understandya lo veo: now I get it3) examinar: to examine, to look intolo veré: I'll take a look at it4) juzgar: to see, to judgea mi manera de ver: to my way of thinking5) visitar: to meet with, to visit6) averiguar: to find out7)a ver orvamos a ver : let's seever vi1) : to see2) enterarse: to learn, to find out3) entender: to understand* * *ver vb2. (mirar) to watch3. (parecer) to look -
8 Ende
n; -s, -n1. räumlich: end; am Ende des Zuges einsteigen get in at the back of the train; das vordere / hintere Ende the front (end) ( oder forward end) / the back, the rear (end); das obere / untere Ende the top (end) / bottom (end); das ( letzte) Ende der Wurst the last bit ( oder tail-end umg.) of the sausage; etw. am falschen oder verkehrten Ende anpacken fig. tackle s.th. the wrong way (a)round, put the cart before the horse; am Ende der Welt wohnen umg. live at the back of beyond ( oder way out in the sticks)2. nur Sg.; eines Zeitraums: end, close; Ende Januar at the end of January; am oder zu / gegen Ende des Monats at / toward(s) the end of the month; noch vor Ende dieser Woche by the end of this week, before the week is out geh.; bis ans Ende aller Tage oder Zeiten until the end of time; Ende der Dreißigerjahre oder dreißiger Jahre in the late thirties, at the end of the thirties; sie ist Ende zwanzig she’s in her late twenties3. (Schluss) end, close; eines Films etc.: ending; Auslaufen eines Vertrags: expiry; einer Frist: end, expiry; (Ergebnis) result, outcome; Ende! FUNK. over!; ohne Ende endless, unending; und damit Ende! and that’s that! ( oder it!); er findet kein Ende he can’t stop, he doesn’t know where ( oder when) to stop; bis zum bitteren Ende to the bitter end; letzten Endes after all, ultimately, in the end, at the end of the day, when all is said and done; die Arbeit geht ihrem Ende entgegen is nearing completion; ohne dass ein Ende abzusehen wäre oder ... und kein Ende in Sicht with no end in sight; das bedeutet das Ende von that’s ( oder that means, that spells) the end of; einer Sache ein Ende machen oder bereiten put a stop ( oder an end) to s.th.; seinem Leben ein Ende machen oder setzen die by one’s own hand geh., end it all umg.; alles hat einmal ein Ende all (good) things come to an end; das muss ein Ende haben oder nehmen it’s got to stop; es nimmt kein Ende it just goes on and on; ein schlimmes oder böses Ende nehmen come to a bad end; mit dir wird es noch ein schlimmes Ende nehmen you’ll come to a bad end; das dicke Ende kommt nach oder noch umg. the worst is yet to come, there’s worse to come, it gets worse; das Ende vom Lied war fig. the end of the story was, what happened in the end was, the upshot of it (all) was umg.; Ende gut, alles gut Sprichw. all’s well that ends well; lieber ein Ende mit Schrecken als ein Schrecken ohne Ende Sprichw. etwa better bite the bullet ( oder face the music), don’t prolong the agony4. am Ende (schließlich) in the end, eventually; (auf die Dauer) in the long run, eventually; am Ende mussten wir hinlaufen we ended ( oder wound umg.) up having to walk (there)5. am Ende (fertig, erledigt, kaputt) finished, done, on one’s last legs; ich bin am Ende (kann nicht mehr) I’m finished, I’ve had it umg., Brit. auch I’m all in umg.; der Wagen ist ( ziemlich) am Ende umg. the car’s (just about) had it, the car’s on its last legs; ich bin mit meiner Geduld / meinen Nerven am Ende I’ve been patient (for) long enough / I can’t stand the strain any longer; ich bin mit meinem Latein oder meiner Weisheit am Ende I’ve run out of ideas ( oder suggestions etc.); stärker: I’m at my wits’ end6. am Ende (vielleicht, womöglich, etwa) maybe, could be, perhaps; am Ende stimmt das sogar! it could even be true!; meinst du das am Ende ernst? are you actually serious about this?, I’m beginning to think you mean it7. zu Ende bringen oder führen finish, complete, see s.th. through; zu Ende gehen (enden) (come to an) end, finish; allmählich: draw to a close; (knapp werden) run short ( oder low); etw. zu Ende denken think s.th. out fully, think s.th. through; zu Ende lesen / schreiben etc. finish (reading / writing etc.); zu Ende sein Schule, Krieg, Wartezeit etc.: be over; Film, Spiel etc.: have finished; Geduld, Vorräte: be at an end, be exhausted, have run out; Vorräte: auch be finished8. nur Sg.; lit. (Zweck) end, purpose; zu welchem Ende? to what end?9. nur Sg.; lit. euph. (Tod) end; sein Ende nahen fühlen sense that one’s end is near ( oder that one has not long to live); es geht zu Ende mit ihm he’s going ( oder slipping) fast, it won’t be long now10. umg. (kleines Stück) bit, piece, scrap; sie hatte ein Ende Schnur in der Tasche she had a ( oder an odd) piece of string in her pocket11. nur Sg.; umg.: es ist noch ein ganzes oder ziemliches Ende it’s a long way (off) yet, there’s quite a distance still13. NAUT. line, rope* * *das Ende(Ablauf) expiration;(Abschluss) termination; close; windup; ending; finish; end;(Ergebnis) result; conclusion; outcome;(Tod) quietus* * *Ẹn|de ['ɛndə]nt -s, -nend; (eines Jahrhunderts etc auch) close; (= Ausgang, Ergebnis) outcome, result; (= Ausgang eines Films, Romans etc) ending; (HUNT = Geweihende) point; (inf = Stückchen) (small) piece; (inf = Strecke) way, stretch; (NAUT = Tau) (rope's) endEnde Mai/der Woche — at the end of May/the week
Ende der zwanziger Jahre or Zwanzigerjahre — in the late twenties
er ist Ende vierzig — he is in his late forties
er wohnt am Ende der Welt (inf) — he lives at the back of beyond, he lives in the middle of nowhere
bis ans Ende der Welt — to the ends of the earth
das Ende vom Lied — the final outcome
lieber ein Ende mit Schrecken als ein Schrecken ohne Ende (Prov) — it's best to get unpleasant things over and done with
letzten Endes — when all is said and done, after all
ein Ende machen — to put an end to sth
damit muss es jetzt ein Ende haben — there has to be an end to this now, this must stop now
das nimmt or findet gar kein Ende (inf) — there's no sign of it stopping, there's no end to it
da ist das Ende von weg! (N Ger inf) — it's incredible! (inf)
... und kein Ende —... with no end in sight,... without end
es war des Staunens/Jubels etc kein Ende (old, liter) — there was no end to the surprise/celebrations etc
es ist noch ein gutes or ganzes Ende (inf) — there's still quite a way to go (yet)
am Ende sein (fig) — to be at the end of one's tether (Brit) or rope (US)
mit etw am Ende sein — to be at the end of sth, to have reached the end of sth; (Vorrat) to have run out of sth
meine Geduld ist am Ende — my patience is at an end
ein Problem am richtigen/falschen or verkehrten Ende anfassen — to tackle a problem from the right/wrong end
Leiden ohne Ende — endless suffering, suffering without end
zu Ende — finished, over, at an end
etw zu Ende bringen or führen — to finish (off) sth
ein Buch/einen Brief zu Ende lesen/schreiben — to finish (reading/writing) a book/letter
zu Ende gehen — to come to an end; (Vorräte) to run out
zu dem Ende, dass... (obs) — to the end that... (form)
zu diesem Ende (obs) — to this end (form)
Ende gut, alles gut (Prov) — all's well that ends well (Prov)
alles hat einmal ein Ende (Prov) — everything must come to an end some time; (angenehme Dinge) all good things must come to an end (Prov)
See:→ dick* * *das1) (a stop, end or finish: the close of day; towards the close of the nineteenth century.) close2) (the last or farthest part of the length of something: the house at the end of the road; both ends of the room; Put the tables end to end (= with the end of one touching the end of another); ( also adjective) We live in the end house.) end3) (the finish or conclusion: the end of the week; The talks have come to an end; The affair is at an end; He is at the end of his strength; They fought bravely to the end; If she wins the prize we'll never hear the end of it (= she will often talk about it).) end4) (the end, especially of a story, poem etc: Fairy stories have happy endings.) ending* * *En·de<-s, -n>[ˈɛndə]nt1. (räumlich) ender setzte sich ganz ans \Ende des Tisches he sat down at the far end of the tabledas äußerste \Ende the extreme endvon allen \Enden from all partsam \Ende at the endsie wohnt ganz am \Ende der Straße she lives at the far end of the roadsie ging am \Ende der Prozession she walked at the tail of the processiondas Telefon befindet sich am \Ende des Zuges the telephone is at the end [or rear] of the traindas obere/untere \Ende der Treppe the head/foot end of the stairsam unteren/oberen \Ende des Tisches at the far end/the head of the tableam \Ende der Seite at the foot [or the bottom] of the pageetw zu \Ende lesen/schreiben to finish reading/writing sthdas spitze \Ende eines Bleistifts the tip of a pencil\Ende August/des Monats/2004 [at] the end of August/the month/2004sie kommt gegen \Ende August she's coming towards the end of Augustdas \Ende des Jahrhunderts the end [or close] of the centurysie ist \Ende 1948 geboren she was born at the end of 1948\Ende zwanzig [o 20] sein to be in one's late twenties [or 20s]„\Ende der Durchsage“ “end of the message”es ist kein \Ende abzusehen there is no end in sightdamit muss es jetzt ein \Ende haben this must stop now\Ende des Zitats end of the quotationam \Ende (fam) finally, at [or in] the endbis zum bitteren \Ende to the bitter enddas \Ende nahen fühlen to feel the end approachingein \Ende nehmen (fam) to come to an enddas nimmt gar kein \Ende there's no end to itohne \Ende without end, endlessFehler ohne \Ende any number of mistakesQualen ohne \Ende suffering without end, endless sufferingdas \Ende eines Projekts the conclusion of a projectetw zu \Ende bringen [o führen] to complete sthdem \Ende zu gehen to draw to a closeetw geht zu \Ende sth is nearly finishedalles geht mal zu [o hat mal ein] \Ende nothing lasts forever, all things must come to an end; (Angenehmes) all good things must come to an end [some time]etw zu einem guten \Ende bringen [o führen] to complete sth successfullyetw zu \Ende lesen to finish reading sthzu \Ende sein to finish, to end; (vorbei sein) to be overwo ist die Straße zu \Ende? where does the road end?der Film ist bald zu \Ende the film finishes soonunser Urlaub ist leider zu \Ende unfortunately, our holiday is over [or is finished]wann ist die Schule/das Spiel zu \Ende? when is school/the game over?, when does school/the game finish?das Spiel ist bald zu \Ende the game will end soondie Stunde ist in 10 Minuten zu \Ende the lesson will end [or finish] in ten minutesmeine Geduld ist zu \Ende my patience has run outdie Geschichte hat ein gutes \Ende the story has a happy endingbei \Ende des Vertrags [up]on termination of the contracter fand ein tragisches \Ende he met a tragic end formsie fühlte ihr \Ende nahen she felt that her end was neares geht mit ihr zu \Ende she is nearing her end formseinem Leben ein \Ende setzen to put an end to one's life form, to commit suicide7. (Stückchen)ein \Ende Brot a crust of breadvon hier bis zum See ist es ein ganzes \Ende it's quite a way from here to the lakewir haben noch ein schönes \Ende Weges vor uns we have a considerable way [or fam a pretty long way] to go yetdas Geweih dieses Hirsches hat zwölf \Enden this stag's antlers have twelve points10.er war bei dieser Frage mit seinem Wissen am \Ende this question baffled himich bin mit meiner Geduld/Weisheit am \Ende I've run out of patience/ideas\Ende der Fahnenstange! that's the limit!▶ lieber ein \Ende mit Schrecken als ein Schrecken ohne \Ende (prov) it's better to end with a short, sharp shock than to prolong the agonysie wohnt am \Ende der Welt she lives at the back of beyond fam▶ jdm bis ans \Ende der Welt folgen to follow sb to the ends of the earth* * *das; Endes, Enden1) endam Ende — at the end; (schließlich) in the end
am Ende der Welt — (scherzh.) at the back of beyond
am/bis/gegen Ende des Monats/der Woche — at/by/towards the end of the month/week
zu Ende sein — <patience, hostility, war> be at an end
die Schule/das Kino/das Spiel ist zu Ende — school is over/the film/game has finished
zu Ende gehen — < period of time> come to an end; <supplies, savings> run out; < contract> expire
etwas zu Ende führen od. bringen — finish something
Ende gut, alles gut — all's well that ends well (prov.)
ein/kein Ende nehmen — come to an end/never come to an end
einer Sache/seinem Leben ein Ende machen od. setzen — (geh.) put an end to something/take one's life
am Ende sein — (ugs.) be at the end of one's tether
2) (ugs.): (kleines Stück) bit; piece3) (ugs.): (Strecke)4) (Jägerspr.) point* * *1. räumlich: end;am Ende des Zuges einsteigen get in at the back of the train;das vordere/hintere Ende the front (end) ( oder forward end)/the back, the rear (end);das obere/untere Ende the top (end)/bottom (end);verkehrten Ende anpacken fig tackle sth the wrong way (a)round, put the cart before the horse;Ende Januar at the end of January;am oderzu/gegen Ende des Monats at/toward(s) the end of the month;noch vor Ende dieser Woche by the end of this week, before the week is out geh;Zeiten until the end of time;dreißiger Jahre in the late thirties, at the end of the thirties;sie ist Ende zwanzig she’s in her late twenties3. (Schluss) end, close; eines Films etc: ending; Auslaufen eines Vertrags: expiry; einer Frist: end, expiry; (Ergebnis) result, outcome;Ende! RADIO over!;ohne Ende endless, unending;und damit Ende! and that’s that! ( oder it!);er findet kein Ende he can’t stop, he doesn’t know where ( oder when) to stop;bis zum bitteren Ende to the bitter end;letzten Endes after all, ultimately, in the end, at the end of the day, when all is said and done;geht ihrem Ende entgegen is nearing completion;… und kein Ende in Sicht with no end in sight;das bedeutet das Ende von that’s ( oder that means, that spells) the end of;alles hat einmal ein Ende all (good) things come to an end;nehmen it’s got to stop;es nimmt kein Ende it just goes on and on;böses Ende nehmen come to a bad end;mit dir wird es noch ein schlimmes Ende nehmen you’ll come to a bad end;noch umg the worst is yet to come, there’s worse to come, it gets worse;das Ende vom Lied war fig the end of the story was, what happened in the end was, the upshot of it (all) was umg;Ende gut, alles gut sprichw all’s well that ends well;lieber ein Ende mit Schrecken als ein Schrecken ohne Ende sprichw etwa better bite the bullet ( oder face the music), don’t prolong the agony4.5.der Wagen ist (ziemlich) am Ende umg the car’s (just about) had it, the car’s on its last legs;ich bin mit meiner Geduld/meinen Nerven am Ende I’ve been patient( for) long enough/I can’t stand the strain any longer;6.am Ende (vielleicht, womöglich, etwa) maybe, could be, perhaps;am Ende stimmt das sogar! it could even be true!;meinst du das am Ende ernst? are you actually serious about this?, I’m beginning to think you mean it7.führen finish, complete, see sth through;zu Ende gehen (enden) (come to an) end, finish; allmählich: draw to a close; (knapp werden) run short ( oder low);etwas zu Ende denken think sth out fully, think sth through;zu Ende lesen/schreiben etc finish (reading/writing etc);zu Ende sein Schule, Krieg, Wartezeit etc: be over; Film, Spiel etc: have finished; Geduld, Vorräte: be at an end, be exhausted, have run out; Vorräte: auch be finishedzu welchem Ende? to what end?sein Ende nahen fühlen sense that one’s end is near ( oder that one has not long to live);10. umg (kleines Stück) bit, piece, scrap;sie hatte ein Ende Schnur in der Tasche she had a ( oder an odd) piece of string in her pocket11. nur sg; umg:ziemliches Ende it’s a long way (off) yet, there’s quite a distance still13. SCHIFF line, rope* * *das; Endes, Enden1) endam Ende — at the end; (schließlich) in the end
am Ende der Welt — (scherzh.) at the back of beyond
am/bis/gegen Ende des Monats/der Woche — at/by/towards the end of the month/week
zu Ende sein — <patience, hostility, war> be at an end
die Schule/das Kino/das Spiel ist zu Ende — school is over/the film/game has finished
zu Ende gehen — < period of time> come to an end; <supplies, savings> run out; < contract> expire
etwas zu Ende führen od. bringen — finish something
Ende gut, alles gut — all's well that ends well (prov.)
ein/kein Ende nehmen — come to an end/never come to an end
einer Sache/seinem Leben ein Ende machen od. setzen — (geh.) put an end to something/take one's life
am Ende sein — (ugs.) be at the end of one's tether
2) (ugs.): (kleines Stück) bit; piece3) (ugs.): (Strecke)4) (Jägerspr.) point* * *-n n.end n.ending n.expiration n.finish n.outcome n.quietus n.result n.tail n. -
9 Osten
m; -s, kein Pl. (abgek. O) east (Abk. E); (östlicher Landesteil) East; nach Osten east(wards); Verkehr, Straße etc.: eastbound...; von oder aus dem Osten from the east; sie kommt aus dem Osten (aus der ehem. DDR) she comes from East Germany; (aus dem ehem. Ostblock) she comes from the East ( oder from Eastern Europe); der Osten einer Stadt: the eastern part ( oder districts Pl.); fern I 1, mittler... 1, nah I 1* * *der Osteneast* * *Ọs|ten ['ɔstn]m -s,no pl1) east; (von Land) Eastder Nahe Osten — the Middle East, the Near East
der Mittlere Osten — area stretching from Iran and Iraq to India, the Middle East
im Nahen und Mittleren Osten — in the Middle East
aus dem Osten, von Osten her — from the east
Flüchtlinge aus dem Osten (Hist: aus ehemaligen deutschen Ostgebieten) — German refugees displaced from former German territories in the East after World War II
or nach Osten — east(wards), to the east
nach Osten ( hin) — to the east
im Osten der Stadt/des Landes — in the east of the town/country
im Osten Frankreichs — in the east of France, in eastern France
2) (POL)* * *der1) (the direction from which the sun rises, or any part of the earth lying in that direction: The wind is blowing from the east; The village is to the east of Canton; in the east of England.) east2) ((also E) one of the four main points of the compass: He took a direction 10° E of N / east of north.) east3) (the countries east of Europe: the Middle/Far East.) the East* * *Os·ten<-s>[ˈɔstn̩]m kein pl, kein indef art1. (Himmelsrichtung)die Sonne geht im \Osten auf the sun rises in the eastder Ferne \Osten the Far Eastder Mittlere \Osten area stretching from Iran to Myanmarder Nahe \Osten the Near [or Middle] East; s.a. Norden 13. (ehemalige DDR)▪ der \Osten former East Germanyaus dem \Osten kommen [o stammen] to come from the East [or former East Germany4. POL* * *der; Ostens1) (Richtung) eastim/aus dem od. von Osten — in/from the east
2) (Gegend) eastern part3) (Geogr.)der Mittlere Osten — south-western Asia (including Afghanistan and Nepal)
4) (Politik)* * *nach Osten east(wards); Verkehr, Straße etc: eastbound …;aus dem Osten from the east;sie kommt aus dem Osten (aus der ehemaligen DDR) she comes from East Germany; (aus dem ehemaligen Ostblock) she comes from the East ( oder from Eastern Europe);* * *der; Ostens1) (Richtung) eastim/aus dem od. von Osten — in/from the east
2) (Gegend) eastern part3) (Geogr.)der Mittlere Osten — south-western Asia (including Afghanistan and Nepal)
4) (Politik)der Osten — (der Ostblock) the East
* * *nur sing. m.East n.orient n. -
10 placer
placer [plase]➭ TABLE 31. transitive verba. ( = assigner une place à) [+ objet, personne] to put ; [+ invité, spectateur] to seatb. ( = situer) to place, to put• placer ses espérances en qn/qch to pin one's hopes on sb/sthc. ( = introduire) [+ remarque, plaisanterie] to get ind. [+ ouvrier, malade, écolier] to placee. ( = vendre) [+ marchandise] to sell2. reflexive verb• se placer de face/contre le mur to stand facing/against the wallb. [cheval] to be placed• se placer 2e to be 2nd* * *plase
1.
1) ( mettre à un endroit) to put, to place [objet]; to seat [personne]2) ( mettre dans une situation) to put, to placeplacer un service sous la responsabilité de quelqu'un — to make somebody responsible for a department
placer quelqu'un/être placé devant un choix difficile — to present somebody/to be faced with a difficult choice
3) ( procurer un emploi) to place, to find a job for5) ( attribuer)6) ( introduire) to slip in [remarque, anecdote]je n'arrive pas à en placer une (colloq) avec elle! — I can't get a word in edgeways GB ou edgewise US with her!
7) ( prendre en charge) to place [somebody] in care [enfant]8) ( vendre) to place, to sell [marchandise]
2.
se placer verbe pronominal1) ( à un endroit)se placer près de — ( debout) to stand next to; ( assis) to sit next to
se placer autour d'une maison — [policiers] to position oneself around a house
2) ( dans une situation)il s'est placé comme apprenti — he found himself an apprenticeship [BrE]
notre démarche se place dans le cadre de l'aide au tiers-monde — our action comes within the context of Third World aid
3) ( dans une hiérarchie)il s'est placé dans les premiers — ( en classe) he got one of the top places; ( dans une course) he finished among the first
* * *plase vt1) (= disposer, positionner, mettre) to place2) [convive, spectateur] to seat3) [capital, argent] to investIl a placé ses économies en Bourse. — He invested his money on the Stock Exchange.
4)placer qn chez — to get sb a job at, to get sb a job with
* * *placer verb table: placerA vtr1 ( mettre à un endroit) to put, to place [objet]; to seat [personne] (à côté de beside); placer ses doigts sur le clavier to place one's fingers on the keyboard; le metteur en scène a placé cette scène au début du film the director put this scene at the beginning of the film; placer des gardes to post guards; placer des hommes autour d'une maison to position men around a house; place l'antenne dans cette direction position the aerial in this direction; placer sa balle ( au tennis) to place one's ball;2 ( mettre dans une situation) to put, to place; le directeur m'a placé à la tête du service informatique the manager put me in charge of the data-processing department; placer qn dans l'obligation de faire to place sb under an obligation to do; placer qn sous la protection de to place sb under the protection of; placer un service sous la responsabilité de qn to make a department responsible for sb; placer qn/être placé devant un choix difficile to present sb/to be faced with a difficult choice;3 ( procurer un emploi) to place, to find a job for; l'école place ses élèves the school places ou finds employment for its students; placer qn comme domestique chez qn to place sb as a servant in sb's household; placer qn auprès de qn comme garde du corps to place sb with sb as a bodyguard;4 Fin ( investir) to invest; ( mettre en dépôt) to deposit, to put; placer une partie de ses revenus à la caisse d'épargne to deposit ou put part of one's income in a savings bank;6 ( introduire) to slip in [remarque, anecdote]; je n'arrive pas à en placer une avec elle! I can't get a word in edgeways GB ou edgewise US with her!; elle ne me laisse pas en placer une! she won't let me get a word in edgeways GB ou edgewise US!; il s'arrange toujours pour placer cette plaisanterie dans la conversation he always manages to get ou work that joke into the conversation;7 Prot Soc to place [sb] in care [enfant];8 ( vendre) to place, to sell [produit, marchandise].B se placer vpr1 ( à un endroit) se placer près de ( debout) to stand next to; ( assis) to sit next to; placez-vous au milieu gén get in the middle; ( debout) stand in the middle; ( assis) sit in the middle; se placer autour d'une maison [policiers] to position oneself around a house; où se placent les verres? where do the glasses go?; sais-tu comment se placent les piles? do you know which way round GB ou around US the batteries go?;2 ( dans une situation) se placer sous la protection de qn to place oneself under sb's protection; se placer sous une perspective nouvelle to look at things from a new perspective; ça dépend de quel point de vue on se place it depends on your point of view; il s'est placé comme apprenti he found ou got himself an apprenticeshipGB; notre démarche/intervention se place dans le cadre de l'aide au tiers-monde our action/intervention comes within the context of Third World aid;3 ( dans une hiérarchie) se placer premier [coureur, cheval] to come first; il s'est placé dans les premiers ( en classe) he got one of the top places; ( dans une course) he finished among the first.[plase] verbe transitif1. [mettre dans une position précise] to placeplacer un patron sur du tissu to lay a pattern on ou over a piece of fabric2. [faire asseoir] to seatplacer quelqu'un devant ses responsabilités to force somebody to face up to his/her responsibilities4. [établir - dans une institution] to placeplacer un enfant à l'Assistance publique to place ou to put a child in caremoi, je le placerais parmi les grands écrivains I would rate ou rank him among the great writers6. [situer dans le temps]7. [situer dans l'espace] to locate8. [mettre] to putorchestre placé sous la direction de... orchestra conducted by...9. [dans la conversation]10. [vendre] to sellj'essaie désespérément de placer mon vieux canapé! (humoristique) I'm desperately trying to find a home for my old sofa!————————se placer verbe pronominal intransitif1. [dans l'espace]a. [debout] stand near the windowb. [assis] sit near the window[dans un jugement, une analyse] to look at ou to consider thingsse placer premier/troisième to finish first/third3. [trouver un emploi]elle s'est placée comme infirmière she found ou got a job as a nurse4. (familier) [se présenter avantageusement]se placer auprès du patron to butter up ou to sweet-talk the boss -
11 quedar
v.1 to be left, to remain.¿queda azúcar? is there any sugar left?nos quedan 100 pesos we have 100 pesos left¿cuánto queda para León? how much farther is it to León?quedan dos vueltas para que termine la carrera there are two laps to go until the end of the racequedar por hacer to remain to be donequeda por fregar el suelo the floor has still to be cleanedAlgo queda Something is left, something remains.Queda un solo carro There is only one car.Eso queda lejos This is far away.2 to remain, to stay.el viaje quedó en proyecto the trip never got beyond the planning stage¡esto no puede o no va a quedar así! I'm not going to let it rest at this!3 to look.te queda un poco corto el traje your suit is a bit too shortquedar bien/mal a alguien to look good/bad on somebodyquedar bien/mal con algo to go well/badly with something4 to be (informal) (estar situado).queda por las afueras it's somewhere on the outskirts¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?5 to keep on, to keep.Ella quedó trabajando She kept on working.6 to fit.Esta camisa me queda (bien) This shirts fits (well).Queda bien It fits well.7 to be left with, to have left, to have.Me quedó un dolar solamente I was left with one dollar only.8 to get, to become.Ella quedó alegre She got happy, she became happy.El caso quedó muy claro The case became very clear.9 to leave.Se me quedó mi sombrero I left my hat.10 to act, to perform, to come across, to do one's part.Quedé muy bien en la reunión I acted [did my part] very well at the meeting.11 to be still pending to.Queda pintar It is still pending to paint.12 to be left to be done.13 to be for.Me queda muy difícil It is very difficult for me.14 to make an appointment.* * *1 (permanecer) to remain, stay2 figurado (terminar) to end3 (cita) to arrange to meet4 (resultado de algo) to be■ al morir sus padres quedó solo en la vida when his parents died he was left all alone in the world5 (favorecer) to look, fit■ ¿qué tal me queda? does it suit me?, how does it look on me?6 (estar situado) to be■ ¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?7 (restar) to be left, remain8 (faltar) to be, be still9 quedar en (convenir) to agree to10 quedar por + inf not to have been + past participle■ la cama quedó por hacer the bed had not been made, the bed was left unmade■ queda por ver si llegarán a algún acuerdo it remains to be seen whether they will come to some agreement11 quedar + gerundio to be, remain1 (permanecer) to remain, stay, be2 (resultado de algo) to be, remain3 eufemístico (morirse) to die4 (mar, viento) to become calm; (viento) to drop5 quedarse con (retener algo) to keep\ahí quedó la cosa that's the way it was left¿en qué quedamos? so what's it to be?no quedar títere con cabeza familiar to leave nothing intact'Queda de usted atentamente...' (en cartas) "Yours faithfully..."quedar a deber algo to owe somethingquedar alguien bien/mal to make a good/bad impressionquedar como un señor/una señora familiar to create a very good impressionquedarse atrás figurado to be left behindquedarse con alguien familiar to make a fool of somebody, have somebody onquedarse con la boca abierta figurado to be dumbfounded, be stunnedquedarse con las ganas de algo figurado to go without somethingquedarse en blanco to go blankquedarse sin algo to run out of somethingquedarse sin blanca familiar to be brokequedarse tan tranquilo,-a familiar not to bat an eyelidquedar en nada to come to nothing* * *verb1) to remain2) fit, suit3) be left4) suit•- quedarse* * *Para expresiones como quedarse tan ancho, quedarse con las ganas, quedársele grabado algn, quedarse helado, quedarse parado, ver la otra entrada.1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) [indicando lugar] to be¿por dónde queda Correos? — where's the post office?
2) [indicando posición]•
quedar [atrás], no quieren quedar atrás en la carrera espacial — they don't want to be left behind {o} fall behind in the space race3) [indicando resultado]a) [con adjetivos, adverbios, locuciones preposicionales, participios]•
quedar [ciego] — to go blind•
quedar [huérfano] — to be orphaned•
quedar [viuda]/[viudo] — to be widowed, lose one's husband/wifeb)• quedar [en] algo, ¿en qué quedó la conversación? — how did the conversation end?
c)• quedar [sin], miles de personas han quedado sin hogar — thousands of people have been left homeless
la reconstrucción del puente ha quedado sin hacer por falta de presupuesto — the rebuilding of the bridge has been abandoned because of a shortage of funds
4) [en el trato, al hablar]•
quedar [bien], regalando flores siempre queda uno bien — taking flowers always makes a good impression•
quedar [mal], nos hiciste quedar mal haciendo esas preguntas — you made us look bad by asking those questions•
quedar [por] algo — to be left looking like sthaunque fue idea de todos, yo quedé por el culpable — although everyone was to blame, it ended up looking as if it was my fault
•
quedar en [ridículo], ha quedado en ridículo — he ended up looking a foolquería que su marido quedara en ridículo — she wanted to make her husband look a fool, she wanted to show her husband up
5) (=permanecer) to stayquedo a la espera de sus noticias — [en carta] I look forward to hearing from you
6) (=haber todavía) to be left¿queda algo de la cena? — is there any dinner left?
de la ciudad solo queda el castillo — all that remains {o} is left of the city is the castle
se me cayó un poco de vino, pero no ha quedado ninguna mancha — I spilt some wine, but it didn't leave a stain
si a 8 le quito 2, quedan 6 — if I take 2 from 8, I'm left with {o} it leaves 6
•
quedarle [a algn], ¿le quedan entradas para esta noche? — do you have any tickets left for tonight?•
quedar [a deber] algo — to owe sthno tenía suficiente y tuve que quedarle a deber — I didn't have enough money on me, so I had to owe him
•
quedan pocos días [para] la fiesta — the party is only a few days away•
quedar [por] hacer, nos queda por pagar la luz — we still have to pay the electricity bill•
no me queda más [remedio] — I have no alternative (left)que no quede —
por mí que no quede, yo he ayudado en lo que he podido — it won't be for want of trying on my part, I helped as much as I could
7) (Educ) [asignatura]8) [ropa] (=ser la talla) to fit; (=sentar) to suit¿qué tal (de grande) te queda el vestido? — does the dress fit you?
no queda bien así/aquí — it doesn't look right like that/here
9)• quedar [en] (=acordar) —
¿quedamos en eso, entonces? — we'll do that, then, all right?
quedar en {o} LAm de hacer algo — to agree to do sth
quedaron en esperar unos días antes de tomar una decisión definitiva — they agreed to wait a few days before taking a final decision
•
quedar en [que] — to agree that¿en qué quedamos? ¿lo compras o no? — so what's it to be then? are you going to buy it or not?
10) (=citarse) to arrange to meethabíamos quedado, pero no se presentó — we had arranged to meet, but he didn't turn up
¿quedamos a las cuatro? — shall we meet at four?
¿cómo quedamos? — where shall we meet and what time?
•
quedar [con] algn — to arrange to meet sb¿quedamos con ella en la parada? — shall we meet her at the bus stop?
2.See:* * *1.verbo intransitivo1) (en un estado, una situación)quedar viudo/viuda — to be widowed
quedar sin hogar/en la miseria — to be left homeless/destitute
ha quedado acordado que... — it has been agreed that...
¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? — where did we get (up) to in the last class?
¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? — who was o came first/last?; (+ me/te/le etc)
me quedó muy claro que... — it was quite clear to me that...
si no vamos, quedamos mal — it'll look bad if we don't go
quedó en ridículo — ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; ( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool
3) ( permanecer)¿queda alguien adentro? — is there anyone left inside?
quedamos a la espera de su confirmación — (frml) we await your confirmation (frml)
quedo a sus gratas órdenes — (frml) (Corresp) Sincerely yours (AmE), Yours faithfully (BrE)
quedar EN algo: todo quedó en suspenso everything was left in the air; nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing; quedar atrás — persona to fall behind; rencillas/problemas to be in the past
4) (+ me/te/le etc)a) tamaño/tallame queda grande/largo/apretado — it's too big/long/tight for me
la talla 12 le queda bien — the size 12 fits (you/him) fine
b) ( sentar)el azul/ese peinado te queda muy bien — blue/that hairdo really suits you
5)a) (acordar, convenir)quedar EN algo: ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?; ¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?; quedamos en que yo iría we agreed o arranged that I would go; quedar EN or (AmL) DE + INF: quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything; quedó en venir a las nueve — she said she would come at nine
b) ( citarse)¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? — what time/where shall we meet?
6) ( estar situado) to bequeda justo enfrente de la estación — it's right opposite the station; (+ me/te/le etc)
me queda muy lejos/cerca — it's very far/near from where I live (o work etc)
7) (en 3a pers)a) ( haber todavía)¿queda café? — is there any coffee left?
sólo quedan las ruinas — only the ruins remain; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿te queda algo de dinero? — do you have any money left?
¿te queda alguna duda? — is there anything you still don't understand?
b) ( sobrar) comida/vino to be left (over)8) ( faltar)¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? — how many kilometers are there to go?; (+ me/te/le etc)
2.quedar POR + INF: queda mucho por ver/visitar there is still a lot to see/visit; aún quedan estudiantes por pagar there are still some students who haven't paid; (+ me/te/le etc) aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do; no me/le queda otra (AmL fam) I have/he has no choice; por... que no quede (Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try; hazlo, por mí que no quede — go ahead, don't let me stop you
1) quedarse v pron2)a) ( en un lugar) to stayquedarse en casa/en la cama — to stay at home/in bed
se quedaron en París/en un hotel — they stayed in Paris/in a hotel
b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl)quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto — relax, I'll take care of it
¿te quedaste con hambre? — are you still hungry?
se me quedó mirando — he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me
de repente el motor se quedó — (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me
3) (+ me/te/le etc)a) (fam) ( memorizar)b) (Andes) ( olvidarse)c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser)4)quedarse CON algo: se quedó con mi libro she kept my book; entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife; me quedo con éste I'll take this one; quedarse con alguien — (Esp fam) ( engañarlo) to take somebody for a ride (colloq)
* * *= remain.Ex. Needless to say, any errors which remain are entirely our responsibility.----* aunque la mona se vista de seda, mona se queda = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear, You can take the boy out of the country, but you can't take the country out of the boy.* el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.* estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).* hacer que Uno se quede dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.* hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyen = mark + Posesivo + place.* mecer a Alguien hasta que quede dormido = rock + Nombre + to sleep.* mente + quedarse en blanco = mind + go blank.* mientras queden = while stocks last.* Nombre de Lugar + quedarse chico = outgrow + Nombre de Lugar.* no quedarse ahí = there + be + more to it than that.* para que quede más claro = for main effects.* quedar Algo a Alguien = be left with.* quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.* quedar atrapado = get + caught.* quedar constatado = go on + record.* quedar deshecho = go to + pieces.* quedar destrozado = go to + pieces.* quedar en segundo plano = come in + a poor second.* quedar en suspenso = go into + abeyance.* quedar exempto de = discharge from.* quedar + Expresión Temporal = be + Expresión Temporal + off.* quedar igual = remain + the same.* quedar impactado = be impressed.* quedar impresionado = be impressed.* quedar impune = go + scot-free, go + scot-free, get away + scot-free.* quedar inpune = go + unpunished.* quedar libre = become + vacant.* quedar mal = lose + face.* quedar muchísimo por hacer = a great deal more needs to be done.* quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.* quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).* quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.* quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.* quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.* quedar patas arriba = flip-flop.* quedar pendiente = remain, remain + to be done.* quedar peor = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.* quedar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).* quedar por hacer = remain + to be done.* quedar por + Infinitivo = remain + to be + Participio.* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.* quedar registrado = go on + record.* quedarse = stay, stay behind, board.* quedarse abandonado en una isla desierta = be stranded on a desert island.* quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.* quedarse afónico = lose + Posesivo + voice.* quedarse al margen = stand by.* quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.* quedarse anodadado = be speechless, be gobsmacked.* quedarse anticuado = date.* quedarse arriba = sit on + top.* quedarse atascado = get + stuck.* quedarse atónito = be astonished, be bowled over, stun into + speechlessness.* quedarse atrancado = get + stuck.* quedarse atrás = fall behind, hang back, trail, trail behind, be behind.* quedarse boquiabierto = give + a gasp of, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.* quedarse completamente atónito = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.* quedarse con = pocket, cream off.* quedarse con el culo al aire = come + unstuck.* quedarse congelado = be frozen stiff.* quedarse corto = stop + short of, fall + short, fall + short of.* quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.* quedarse de piedra = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.* quedarse dormido = fall + asleep, doze off, nod off, drop off to + sleep, go to + sleep.* quedarse dormido al volante = fall + asleep at the wheel.* quedarse embarazada = become + pregnant, be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.* quedarse en = stick at.* quedarse en blanco = go + blank, mind + go blank.* quedarse encallado = be stranded.* quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.* quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.* quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.* quedarse en el sitio = die + there and then.* quedarse en estado = become + pregnant.* quedarse en la cama hasta tarde = have + a lie-in.* quedarse en la estacada = be left out on a limb.* quedarse en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.* quedarse en silencio = fall + silent, lapse into + silence.* quedarse en tablas = split down the middle.* quedarse estancado = stagnate.* quedarse estupefacto = stun into + speechlessness, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, be speechless, be gobsmacked, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.* quedar segundo = come off + second-best.* quedarse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.* quedarse helado = be frozen stiff.* quedarse huérfano = orphan.* quedarse igual = be none the wiser.* quedarse impresionado = be bowled over.* quedarse inamovible = stay in + place.* quedarse inmóvil = stay + still.* quedarse levantado = stay up.* quedarse mudo = be speechless, be gobsmacked.* quedarse obsoleto = be overtaken by events, outgrow.* quedarse parado = stand + still, stand by.* quedarse pasmado = stun.* quedarse patidifuso = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.* quedarse patitieso = freeze to + death.* quedarse pequeño = overflow.* quedarse prendado = smite.* quedarse prendado de = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to.* quedarse prendado por = take + a liking to.* quedarse preñada = become + pregnant, have + a bun in the oven.* quedarse quieto = stand + still, stand by.* quedarse ronco = lose + Posesivo + voice.* quedarse sin = run + short (of), miss out on, run out of, run out.* quedarse sin aliento = run out of + breath.* quedarse sin conocimiento = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.* quedarse sin fuelle = run out of + steam.* quedarse sin fuerza = lose + steam.* quedarse sin gas = lose + steam.* quedarse sin habla = stun into + speechlessness, be speechless, be gobsmacked.* quedarse sin negocio = go out of + business.* quedarse sin palabras = stun into + speechlessness, be at a loss for words, be lost for words.* quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.* quedarse sin suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.* quedarse sin voz = lose + Posesivo + voice.* quedarse sorprendido por = be amazed by, be amazed at.* quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.* quedarse tieso = be frozen stiff.* quedarse tieso de frío = be frozen stiff.* quedarse tirado = be stranded.* quedarse varado = get + stuck, be stranded.* quedarse viudo = widow.* quedar sin castigo = go + unpunished.* quedar un poco = be some way off.* quedar un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.* quedar vacante = become + vacant.* quedar vacío = empty.* que no queda bien = ill-fitting.* que queda = surviving.* que queda mal = ill-fitting.* que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.* según quedó indicado en = as was pointed out in.* siempre queda una esperanza = where there's life there's hope.* si queda tiempo = time permitting.* todo queda en casa = all in the family.* * *1.verbo intransitivo1) (en un estado, una situación)quedar viudo/viuda — to be widowed
quedar sin hogar/en la miseria — to be left homeless/destitute
ha quedado acordado que... — it has been agreed that...
¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? — where did we get (up) to in the last class?
¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? — who was o came first/last?; (+ me/te/le etc)
me quedó muy claro que... — it was quite clear to me that...
si no vamos, quedamos mal — it'll look bad if we don't go
quedó en ridículo — ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; ( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool
3) ( permanecer)¿queda alguien adentro? — is there anyone left inside?
quedamos a la espera de su confirmación — (frml) we await your confirmation (frml)
quedo a sus gratas órdenes — (frml) (Corresp) Sincerely yours (AmE), Yours faithfully (BrE)
quedar EN algo: todo quedó en suspenso everything was left in the air; nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing; quedar atrás — persona to fall behind; rencillas/problemas to be in the past
4) (+ me/te/le etc)a) tamaño/tallame queda grande/largo/apretado — it's too big/long/tight for me
la talla 12 le queda bien — the size 12 fits (you/him) fine
b) ( sentar)el azul/ese peinado te queda muy bien — blue/that hairdo really suits you
5)a) (acordar, convenir)quedar EN algo: ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?; ¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?; quedamos en que yo iría we agreed o arranged that I would go; quedar EN or (AmL) DE + INF: quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything; quedó en venir a las nueve — she said she would come at nine
b) ( citarse)¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? — what time/where shall we meet?
6) ( estar situado) to bequeda justo enfrente de la estación — it's right opposite the station; (+ me/te/le etc)
me queda muy lejos/cerca — it's very far/near from where I live (o work etc)
7) (en 3a pers)a) ( haber todavía)¿queda café? — is there any coffee left?
sólo quedan las ruinas — only the ruins remain; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿te queda algo de dinero? — do you have any money left?
¿te queda alguna duda? — is there anything you still don't understand?
b) ( sobrar) comida/vino to be left (over)8) ( faltar)¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? — how many kilometers are there to go?; (+ me/te/le etc)
2.quedar POR + INF: queda mucho por ver/visitar there is still a lot to see/visit; aún quedan estudiantes por pagar there are still some students who haven't paid; (+ me/te/le etc) aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do; no me/le queda otra (AmL fam) I have/he has no choice; por... que no quede (Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try; hazlo, por mí que no quede — go ahead, don't let me stop you
1) quedarse v pron2)a) ( en un lugar) to stayquedarse en casa/en la cama — to stay at home/in bed
se quedaron en París/en un hotel — they stayed in Paris/in a hotel
b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl)quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto — relax, I'll take care of it
¿te quedaste con hambre? — are you still hungry?
se me quedó mirando — he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me
de repente el motor se quedó — (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me
3) (+ me/te/le etc)a) (fam) ( memorizar)b) (Andes) ( olvidarse)c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser)4)quedarse CON algo: se quedó con mi libro she kept my book; entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife; me quedo con éste I'll take this one; quedarse con alguien — (Esp fam) ( engañarlo) to take somebody for a ride (colloq)
* * *= remain.Ex: Needless to say, any errors which remain are entirely our responsibility.
* aunque la mona se vista de seda, mona se queda = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear, You can take the boy out of the country, but you can't take the country out of the boy.* el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.* estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).* hacer que Uno se quede dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.* hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyen = mark + Posesivo + place.* mecer a Alguien hasta que quede dormido = rock + Nombre + to sleep.* mente + quedarse en blanco = mind + go blank.* mientras queden = while stocks last.* Nombre de Lugar + quedarse chico = outgrow + Nombre de Lugar.* no quedarse ahí = there + be + more to it than that.* para que quede más claro = for main effects.* quedar Algo a Alguien = be left with.* quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.* quedar atrapado = get + caught.* quedar constatado = go on + record.* quedar deshecho = go to + pieces.* quedar destrozado = go to + pieces.* quedar en segundo plano = come in + a poor second.* quedar en suspenso = go into + abeyance.* quedar exempto de = discharge from.* quedar + Expresión Temporal = be + Expresión Temporal + off.* quedar igual = remain + the same.* quedar impactado = be impressed.* quedar impresionado = be impressed.* quedar impune = go + scot-free, go + scot-free, get away + scot-free.* quedar inpune = go + unpunished.* quedar libre = become + vacant.* quedar mal = lose + face.* quedar muchísimo por hacer = a great deal more needs to be done.* quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.* quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).* quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.* quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.* quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.* quedar patas arriba = flip-flop.* quedar pendiente = remain, remain + to be done.* quedar peor = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.* quedar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).* quedar por hacer = remain + to be done.* quedar por + Infinitivo = remain + to be + Participio.* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.* quedar registrado = go on + record.* quedarse = stay, stay behind, board.* quedarse abandonado en una isla desierta = be stranded on a desert island.* quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.* quedarse afónico = lose + Posesivo + voice.* quedarse al margen = stand by.* quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.* quedarse anodadado = be speechless, be gobsmacked.* quedarse anticuado = date.* quedarse arriba = sit on + top.* quedarse atascado = get + stuck.* quedarse atónito = be astonished, be bowled over, stun into + speechlessness.* quedarse atrancado = get + stuck.* quedarse atrás = fall behind, hang back, trail, trail behind, be behind.* quedarse boquiabierto = give + a gasp of, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.* quedarse completamente atónito = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.* quedarse con = pocket, cream off.* quedarse con el culo al aire = come + unstuck.* quedarse congelado = be frozen stiff.* quedarse corto = stop + short of, fall + short, fall + short of.* quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.* quedarse de piedra = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.* quedarse dormido = fall + asleep, doze off, nod off, drop off to + sleep, go to + sleep.* quedarse dormido al volante = fall + asleep at the wheel.* quedarse embarazada = become + pregnant, be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.* quedarse en = stick at.* quedarse en blanco = go + blank, mind + go blank.* quedarse encallado = be stranded.* quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.* quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.* quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.* quedarse en el sitio = die + there and then.* quedarse en estado = become + pregnant.* quedarse en la cama hasta tarde = have + a lie-in.* quedarse en la estacada = be left out on a limb.* quedarse en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.* quedarse en silencio = fall + silent, lapse into + silence.* quedarse en tablas = split down the middle.* quedarse estancado = stagnate.* quedarse estupefacto = stun into + speechlessness, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, be speechless, be gobsmacked, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.* quedar segundo = come off + second-best.* quedarse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.* quedarse helado = be frozen stiff.* quedarse huérfano = orphan.* quedarse igual = be none the wiser.* quedarse impresionado = be bowled over.* quedarse inamovible = stay in + place.* quedarse inmóvil = stay + still.* quedarse levantado = stay up.* quedarse mudo = be speechless, be gobsmacked.* quedarse obsoleto = be overtaken by events, outgrow.* quedarse parado = stand + still, stand by.* quedarse pasmado = stun.* quedarse patidifuso = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.* quedarse patitieso = freeze to + death.* quedarse pequeño = overflow.* quedarse prendado = smite.* quedarse prendado de = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to.* quedarse prendado por = take + a liking to.* quedarse preñada = become + pregnant, have + a bun in the oven.* quedarse quieto = stand + still, stand by.* quedarse ronco = lose + Posesivo + voice.* quedarse sin = run + short (of), miss out on, run out of, run out.* quedarse sin aliento = run out of + breath.* quedarse sin conocimiento = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.* quedarse sin fuelle = run out of + steam.* quedarse sin fuerza = lose + steam.* quedarse sin gas = lose + steam.* quedarse sin habla = stun into + speechlessness, be speechless, be gobsmacked.* quedarse sin negocio = go out of + business.* quedarse sin palabras = stun into + speechlessness, be at a loss for words, be lost for words.* quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.* quedarse sin suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.* quedarse sin voz = lose + Posesivo + voice.* quedarse sorprendido por = be amazed by, be amazed at.* quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.* quedarse tieso = be frozen stiff.* quedarse tieso de frío = be frozen stiff.* quedarse tirado = be stranded.* quedarse varado = get + stuck, be stranded.* quedarse viudo = widow.* quedar sin castigo = go + unpunished.* quedar un poco = be some way off.* quedar un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.* quedar vacante = become + vacant.* quedar vacío = empty.* que no queda bien = ill-fitting.* que queda = surviving.* que queda mal = ill-fitting.* que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.* según quedó indicado en = as was pointed out in.* siempre queda una esperanza = where there's life there's hope.* si queda tiempo = time permitting.* todo queda en casa = all in the family.* * *quedar [A1 ]viA(en un estado, una situación): quedó viuda muy joven she was widowed o she lost her husband when she was very youngquedó huérfano a los siete años he was orphaned when he was seven years oldtuvo un ataque y quedó paralítico he had a stroke and was left paralyzedcientos de familias quedaron sin hogar/en la miseria hundreds of families were left homeless/destitutelas calles quedaron desiertas the streets were left desertedel sombrero quedó hecho un acordeón the hat was o got squashed flatel coche ha quedado como nuevo the car is as good as new (now)algunas fotos quedaron mal some of the photos came out badlyha quedado precioso pintado de blanco it looks beautiful painted whiteha quedado acordado que … it has been agreed that …y que esto quede bien claro and I want to make this quite clear¿cómo quedó la cosa? ¿quién tenía razón? what happened in the end? who was right?¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? where did we get (up) to in the last class?¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? who was o who came first/last?(+ me/te/le etc): no me había quedado claro y se lo pregunté otra vez I hadn't quite understood o I hadn't got things quite clear, so I asked him againel postre te quedó riquísimo that dessert (you made) was deliciousB(en la opinión de los demás): si no vamos, quedamos mal it'll look bad if we don't goquedarás muy bien con ese regalo it's a lovely present, they'll be delightedme hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso you really showed me up saying thatse emborrachó y nos hizo quedar mal a todos he got drunk and embarrassed us allquedó en ridículo (por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; (por culpa ajena) he was made to look a foolquedar mal/bien con algn: si no voy quedaré mal con ellos they won't think much of me o it won't go down very well if I don't turn upno se puede quedar bien con todo el mundo you can't please everybodylos invitó a todos para no quedar mal con nadie he invited them all so as not to offend anyone o to cause any offense*C(permanecer): quedaron en casa they stayed at home¿queda alguien adentro? is there anyone left inside?le quedó la cicatriz she was left with a scarlo lavé pero le quedó la mancha I washed it but the stain didn't come outesto no puede quedar así we can't leave/I'm not going to leave things like thisquedo a sus gratas órdenes ( frml) ( Corresp) Sincerely yours ( AmE), Yours faithfully o ( frml) I remain, yours faithfully ( BrE)le quedo a deber 5 euros I owe you 5 eurosquedar EN algo:todo ha quedado en un mero proyecto none of it has got beyond the planning stagetodos nuestros planes quedaron en nada all our plans came to nothingquedar atrás: pronto quedó atrás he soon fell behindhemos tenido nuestras diferencias pero todo eso ha quedado atrás we've had our differences but all that's behind us now o that's all water under the bridge nowD (+ me/te/le etc)1«tamaño/talla»: me queda grande/largo/apretado it's too big/long/tight for mela talla 12 le queda bien or (Col, Méx) le queda the size 12 fits (you/him) fine2(sentar): el azul te queda muy bien blue really suits you, you look really good in blueese peinado le quedaba muy bien that hairstyle really suited her, her hair looked really good like thatese vestido te queda estupendo that dress looks fantastic on you, you look great in that dressA (acordar, convenir) quedar EN algo:quedamos en eso, vienes tú a mi casa let's do that, then, you come to my house, so that's agreed, you're coming to my house¿al final en qué quedaron? what did you decide/arrange/agree in the end?¿en qué quedamos? ¿lo quieres o no? well o so, do you want it or not?¿entonces en qué quedamos? ¿nos vemos mañana o no? so, what's happening, then? are we meeting tomorrow or not?quedar EN + INFor ( AmL) quedar DE + INF:quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anythingquedó en venir a las nueve she said she would come at nine, she arranged to come at ninequedar EN QUE:quedamos en que iría él a recogerlo we agreed o arranged that he would go and pick it upB(citarse): me tengo que ir porque he quedado con Rafael I have to go because I've arranged to meet Rafael¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? what time/where shall we meet?quedé con unos amigos para cenar I arranged to meet some friends for dinner, I arranged to go out for dinner with some friendsSentido III (estar situado) to bequeda justo enfrente de la estación it's right opposite the station(+ me/te/le etc): puedo ir yo, me queda muy cerca I can go, it's very near where I live ( o work etc)A1(haber todavía): no queda café there's no coffee leftno quedan entradas there are no tickets leftsólo quedan las ruinas only the ruins remain(+ me/te/le etc): es el único pariente que me queda he is the only relative I have left, he is my only living relative¿te queda algo de dinero? do you have any money left?¿te ha quedado alguna duda? is there anything you still don't understand?me han quedado dos asignaturas (pendientes) I have to make up two subjects o take two subjects over ( AmE), I have to retake two subjects ( BrE)no nos queda más remedio que ir we have no alternative o no choice but to go, we'll just have to goya no me quedan fuerzas para seguir I no longer have the strength to go on, I don't have the strength to go on any moreme queda la satisfacción de haber cumplido con mi deber I have the satisfaction of having done my duty2 (sobrar) to be left, be left overme comí la ensalada que había quedado del almuerzo I ate up the salad that was left (over) from lunchel vino que quede se puede guardar para la próxima fiesta we can keep any wine that's left (over) for the next partyB1(faltar): quedan cinco minutos para que acabe la clase there are five minutes to go to o five minutes left to the end of the class¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? how many kilometers are there to go?, how far is it now?(+ me/te/le etc): todavía le quedan dos años he still has two years to go o do¡ánimo! ¡ya te queda poco para terminar! come on! you've almost finished!2 quedar POR + INF:quedan tres pacientes por ver there are three more patients to be seenaún queda gente por pagar some people haven't paid yet, some people still haven't paid(+ me/te/le etc): aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to dopor … que no quede ( Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a tryhazlo, por mí que no quede go ahead, don't let me stop you■ quedarseA1 (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):te estás quedando calvo you're going baldse quedó huérfana/sorda a los seis años she was orphaned/she went deaf when she was six years oldcuando se fue me quedé muy sola when he left I felt very lonelyme quedé helado cuando me lo dijo I was staggered when she told mequédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto don't (you) worry about it, I'll take care of itme quedé dormido en el sofá I fell asleep on the sofa2quedarse con/sin algo: ¿te has quedado con hambre? are you still hungry?me quedé sin postre I didn't get any dessertse ha quedado sin trabajo she's out of work, she's lost her jobme quedé sin saber qué había pasado I never did find out what had happened3( Esp) (llegar a ser) (+ me/te/le etc): el vestido se te ha quedado corto the dress is too short on you nowla casa se les está quedando pequeña the house is getting (to be) too small for them4 (olvidarse) (+ me/te/le etc):se me quedó el paraguas I left my umbrella behindB1(permanecer): pienso quedarme soltera I intend to stay singleno me gusta quedarme sola en casa I don't like being (left) on my own o being alone in the houseno te quedes ahí parado y haz algo don't just stand there, do something!nos quedamos charlando toda la noche we spent the whole night chattingse me quedó mirando he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at mela escena se me ha quedado grabada en la memoria the scene has remained engraved o is engraved on my memoryiba para pintor pero se quedó en profesor de dibujo he set out to be a painter but he ended up as an art teacherse quedó en la mesa de operaciones ( euf); he died on the operating tablede repente el motor se quedó ( AmL); the engine suddenly died on me2 (en un lugar) to stayquédate aquí stay hereme quedé a dormir en su casa I spent o stayed the night at his housenos quedamos en un hotel/en casa de unos amigos we stayed at a hotel/with some friendsse tuvo que quedar en el hospital una semana más she had to stay o remain in (the) hospital for another weekse quedó en casa/en la cama todo el día she stayed at home/in bed all dayA ‹cambio/lápiz› to keepquédatelo, yo tengo otro keep it, I have another onequedarse CON algo:quédate con la foto si quieres you can keep the photo o ( colloq) hang on to the photo if you wantse quedó con mi libro she kept my book, she didn't give my book backentre él y su mujer no sé con cuál de los dos me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wifesi me lo rebaja me quedo con él if you knock something off the price, I'll take it ( colloq)quedarse con algn ( Esp fam) (burlarse de él) to have sb on ( colloq) (engañarlo) to take sb for a ride ( colloq)B( Chi) «pierna/brazo» (+ me/te/le etc): quiso levantarse pero se le quedó la pierna he tried to get up but he couldn't move his legse le queda la pierna al caminar he drags one leg when he walks* * *
quedar ( conjugate quedar) verbo intransitivo
1 (en un estado, una situación):◊ quedar viudo/huérfano to be widowed/orphaned;
quedó paralítico he was left paralyzed;
el coche quedó como nuevo the car is as good as new (now);
y que esto quede bien claro and I want to make this quite clear;
¿quién quedó en primer lugar? who was o came first?
2 ( en la opinión de los demás):◊ si no voy quedaré mal con ellos it won't go down very well o it'll look bad if I don't turn up;
lo hice para quedar bien con el jefe I did it to get in the boss's good books;
quedé muy bien con el regalo I made a very good impression with my present;
me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso you really showed me up saying that;
nos hizo quedar mal a todos he embarrassed us all;
quedó en ridículo ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself;
( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool
3 ( permanecer):◊ ¿queda alguien adentro? is there anyone left inside?;
le quedó la cicatriz she was left with a scar;
esto no puede quedar así we can't leave things like this;
nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing;
quedar atrás [ persona] to fall behind;
[rencillas/problemas] to be in the past
4 (+ me/te/le etc)a) [tamaño/talla]:
la talla 12 le queda bien the size 12 fits (you/him) fineb) ( sentar):◊ el azul le queda bien/mal blue suits her/doesn't suit hera) (acordar, convenir):◊ ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?;
¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?;
quedaron en or (AmL) de no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything;
quedó en or (AmL) de venir a las nueve she said she would come at nineb) ( citarse):◊ ¿a qué hora quedamos? what time shall we meet?;
quedé con unos amigos para cenar I arranged to meet some friends for dinner
( estar situado) to be;
me queda muy lejos it's very far from where I live (o work etc)
(en 3a pers)
1
◊ ¿te queda algo de dinero? do you have any money left?;
¿queda café? is there any coffee left?;
solo quedan las ruinas only the ruins remain;
no nos queda más remedio que ir we have no choice but to go
2 ( faltar):
¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? how many kilometers are there to go?;
todavía le quedan dos años he still has two years to go o do;
queda mucho por ver there is still a lot to see;
aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do;
no me/le queda otra (fam) I have/he has no choice
quedarse verbo pronominal
1
b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):
quedarse dormido to fall asleep;
quedarse sin trabajo to lose one's job
2 (+ me/te/le etc)a) ( permanecer):
no me gusta quedarme sola en casa I don't like being alone in the house;
no te quedes ahí parado don't just stand there!;
nos quedamos charlando hasta tarde we went on chatting until late in the evening;
se me quedó mirando he sat/stood there staring at me;
de repente el motor se quedó (AmL) the engine suddenly died on meb) (Andes) ( olvidarse):
c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser):
‹cambio/lápiz› to keep;
me quedo con este I'll take this one
quedar verbo intransitivo
1 (en un estado) quedar bien, (una persona) to make a good impression
(un objeto) to look nice
quedar en ridículo, to make a fool of oneself
2 (en un lugar) to be: mi casa no queda lejos, my house is not far from here
3 (sobrar) to be left: ¿queda más té?, is there any tea left?
4 (faltar) (tiempo) to go: quedan dos días para las vacaciones, there are two days to go till the holidays
5 (convenir) to agree: quedamos en ir al cine, we agreed to go to the cinema
6 (citarse) to meet: quedaré con mi hermana, I'll arrange to meet my sister
7 (una ropa, un peinado, etc) to suit: te queda grande, it's too big for you
' quedar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
betún
- cumplir
- descolgarse
- embarazarse
- enmudecer
- estar
- lucirse
- restar
- sobrar
- sopa
- venir
- aire
- aislado
- anillo
- bailar
- calle
- constar
- descubierto
- desmano
- enganchar
- faltar
- lejísimos
- manifiesto
- mano
- rezagado
- tabla
English:
air
- appal
- appall
- arrange
- date
- egg
- fit
- flu
- gasp
- go
- leave
- lie
- long
- meet
- one-upmanship
- remain
- rest
- side
- smoke
- stand
- stand about
- stand around
- agree
- alternatively
- catch
- come
- get
- keep
- narrow
- out
- over
- place
- remand
- runner
- scar
- scot-free
- show
- strand
- unpunished
- water
- widow
* * *♦ vi1. [permanecer] to remain, to stay;nuestros problemas quedaron sin resolver our problems remained unsolved;los tipos de interés han quedado al mismo nivel interest rates have stayed o remained at the same level;no le quedaron secuelas del accidente he suffered no after-effects from the accident;Andes, RPen el apuro, quedaron los abrigos the coats got left behind o forgotten in the rush;quedo a su entera disposición para cualquier consulta [en cartas] I am available to answer any enquiries you may have;todo quedó en un buen susto she suffered nothing worse than a shock;el viaje quedó en proyecto the trip never got beyond the planning stage;todos nuestros problemas han quedado atrás all our problems are behind us now2. [haber aún] to be left, to remain;¿queda azúcar? is there any sugar left?;no queda azúcar there isn't any sugar left;no nos queda leche we're out of milk;queda gente dentro haciendo el examen there are still some people left inside doing the exam;queda poco del casco antiguo de la ciudad little remains of the old part of the city;nos quedan 50 pesos we have 50 pesos left;lo que quede dáselo al perro give whatever's left over to the dog;no me quedan ganas de seguir hablando I don't feel like talking any more;me queda la esperanza de volver algún día I can only hope that one day I will return;Amno queda otra there's nothing else for it;voy a tener que vender el auto para pagar las cuentas, no queda otra I'm going to have to sell the car to pay the bills, there's nothing else for it3. [faltar]¿cuánto queda para Buenos Aires? how much further is it to Buenos Aires?;quedan dos vueltas para que termine la carrera there are two laps to go until the end of the race;queda poco/un mes para las vacaciones there's not long to go/there's a month to go until the holidays, it's not long/it's a month until the holidays;queda mucho para mi cumpleaños my birthday's a long way off;me quedan dos días para terminar el trabajo I have two days (left) to finish the work;sólo me queda despedirme hasta la próxima semana all that remains is for me to say goodbye until next week;quedar por hacer to remain to be done;queda por fregar el suelo the floor has still to be cleaned;nos quedan bastantes sitios por visitar we still have quite a lot of places to visit4. [mostrarse, dar cierta imagen]quedar bien/mal (con alguien) to make a good/bad impression (on sb);le gusta quedar bien con todo el mundo he likes to keep everyone happy;quedaste estupendamente trayendo flores you made a very good impression by bringing flowers;voy a quedar fatal si no voy it'll look really bad if I don't go;no me hagas quedar mal don't show me up;quedaste como un mentiroso you ended up looking like o you came across like a liar;quedó como un idiota he ended up o he was left looking stupidel cuadro queda muy bien ahí the picture looks great there;el salón os ha quedado muy bonito the living-room has turned out lovely, you've made a great job of the living-room;quedar claro to be clear;no quiero que llegues después de las once, ¿queda claro? I don't want you back later than eleven, is that clear?;quedar en [llegar, acabar] to end in;quedar en quinto lugar, quedar el quinto to come fifth;quedar en nada to come to nothing;RP Famquedamos en veremos we left it openesta falda me queda un poco justa this skirt is a bit tight;¡qué bien te queda ese traje! that dress really suits you!, you look great in that dress!;esa camisa te queda mal that shirt doesn't suit you;¿te quedan bien los zapatos? do the shoes fit you?;quedar bien/mal con algo to go well/badly with sth;Méx Méxesas cortinas le quedan mal al salón those curtains don't go well in the living-room¿cuándo/dónde quedamos? when/where shall we meet?;hemos quedado el lunes we've arranged to meet on Monday;he quedado con Juan para jugar al tenis I've arranged to play tennis with Juan¿en qué has quedado? what have you decided to do?;quedar en que… to agree that…;quedé con ellos en que iría I told them I'd go;¿en qué quedamos? what's it to be, then?9. [estar situado] to be;queda por las afueras it's somewhere on the outskirts;¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?¿cuántas te han quedado? how many subjects from last year do you have to resit this year?♦ vtRP Famquedarla: no apuestes todo a una sola posibilidad porque si no sale, la quedás don't put all your eggs in one basket because if it doesn't work out, you've had it;¿quién la queda? [en juego] who's counting?♦ v impersonalpor mí que no quede don't let me be the one to stop you;que no quede por falta de dinero we don't want it to fall through for lack of money;por probar que no quede we should at least try it* * *v/i1 ( permanecer) stay;esto queda entre nosotros this is just between us;quedar cerca be nearbyquedó sin resolver it remained unresolved, it wasn’t sorted out;¿cómo quedó? how did it end up?;queda por hacer it still has o needs to be done3 ( sentar):4 ( sobrar) be left;¿queda mucho tiempo? is there much time left?;5 ( encontrarse):quedar con alguien fam arrange to meet (with) s.o.;¿dónde habíamos quedado? where had we arranged to meet?6 ( acordar):quedar en algo agree to sth;¿en qué quedamos? what did we agree?7:por mí que no quede it’s fine by me* * *quedar vi1) permanecer: to remain, to stay2) : to bequedamos contentos con las mejoras: we were pleased with the improvements3) : to be situatedqueda muy lejos: it's very far, it's too far away4) : to be leftquedan sólo dos alternativas: there are only two options left5) : to fit, to suitestos zapatos no me quedan: these shoes don't fit6)quedar bien (mal) : to turn out well (badly)7)quedar en : to agree, to arrange¿en qué quedamos?: what's the arrangement, then?* * *quedar vb1. (haber) to be left¿quedan cebollas? are there any onions left?2. (permanecer) to remain3. (tener) to have left4. (faltar) to have to do5. (distancia, tiempo)6. (resultar) to be7. (estar) to be¿dónde queda la estación? where's the station?¿a qué hora quedamos? what time shall we meet?9. (ponerse de acuerdo) to agree10. (sentar bien ropa) to suit -
12 MIÐR
I)(mið, mitt), a. middle, lying in the middle; nær miðri veröldinni, near the middle of the world; G. leggr í móti atgeirinum ok kom á hann miðjan, and struck him in the middle; áin var opin um mitt, in the middle; mið nótt, midnight (þá var mið nótt); m. dagr, midday (þat var nær miðjum degi, er þeir fundust); m. aptann, six o’clock p. m.; m. morginn, six o’clock a. m.; at miðjum vetri, um miðjan vetr, at midwinter; mitt sumar, midsummer; miðrar brautar, in the middle of the road.* * *mið, mitt, adj. with a suppressed radical j, which appears before a vowel, miðjan, miðja, miðjar, miðjum; [Ulf. midjis = μέσος; A. S. medel; cp. Engl. mid, midst, middle; Hel. middi; O. H. G. mitti; etc.; Lat. medius; Gr. μέσος]:—the middle; á miðjum pöllum, Nj. 150; nær miðri inni vestri bygð, Landn, 105; kóm á hann miðjan, hit him in the middle ( in the pit of the stomach), Nj. 96; í mitt lær, Fs. 53; áin var opin um mitt, in the middle, 52; þeir stefndu mitt leiðar-sundit, Fms. viii. 131.2. in a temp. sense: mið nótt, midnight; þá var mið nótt, Edda 30; at miðri nótt, … of miðja nótt, 29; þá er dró at miðri nótt, Grett. 140: miðjan dag, midday, Vsp.; nær miðjum degi, about midday, Ó. H. 223; allt til dögurðar máls eða miðs dags, Sks. 20: miðr aptan, ‘mid-eve,’ six o’clock P. M., Fb. ii. 128, Hrafn. 9; miðs aptans tíð, 625. 177: miðr morgun, ‘mid-morning,’ six o’clock A. M.; milli miðs morguns og dagmála; sofa fram yfir miðjan morgun: mitt sumar, midsummer, Nj. 4; at miðju sumri: miðr vetr, midwinter, miðs vetrar nótt, a midwinter night, Fms. i. 33; miðs vetrar blót, Fb. ii; um miðjan vetr, at midwinter; at miðjum vetri, Ó. H. 104.3. a kind of local gen.; miðrar brautar, ‘midways,’ in the middle of the road, Rm.; miðra fletja, miðra skutla, miðrar rekkju, in the middle of the bed, table, benches, id.II. in local names, Mið-á, Mið-berg, Mið-dalir, Mið-engi, Mið-fell, Mið-garðr, Mið-fjörðr (whence Mið-firðingar, m. pl.), Mið-hóp, Mið-hús, Mið-jökull, Mið-skáli, etc., Landn.; Mið-bæli, D. I.B. COMPDS: miðaptann, miðbik, miðbreytis, miðbyrði, miðbær, miðdagr, miðdegi, miðdigr, miðdægri, miðfasta, miðfirðis, miðfylking, miðgarðr, miðheimr, miðherðar, miðhjalli, miðhlíðis, miðhlutr, Miðjarðarhaf, miðjarðarsjór, miðkafli, miðkvísl, miðlangr, miðleiðis, miðlektia, miðmessa, miðmjór, miðrmorgun, miðmundi, miðnætti, miðpallr, miðskammr, miðskeið, miðskip, miðskipa, miðsumar, miðsumarsvaka, miðsyndis, miðuppnám, miðveröld, miðrvetr, miðsvetrarblót, miðvika, miðvikudagr, miðþriðjungr, miðþröngr. -
13 centre
centre [sɑ̃tʀ]1. masculine noun• les grands centres urbains/industriels the great urban/industrial centres• centre gauche/droit (Politics) centre left/right2. compounds• centre hospitalier universitaire teaching or university hospital ► centre d'information et d'orientation careers advisory centre► centre d'interprétation [d'écomusée etc] interpretation centre* * *sɑ̃tʀnom masculin1) ( milieu) centre [BrE]au centre de quelque chose — in the centre [BrE] of something
habiter dans le centre — to live in the centre [BrE]
2) ( lieu) centre [BrE]un grand centre industriel — a large industrial centre [BrE]
3) (établissement, organisme) centre [BrE]4) ( point essentiel) centre [BrE]5) Politiquele centre — the centre [BrE]
les partis du centre — the centre [BrE] parties
centre gauche/droit — centre [BrE] left/right
elle est au centre — she's in the centre [BrE]
6) Anatomie centre [BrE]centre nerveux — Anatomie, fig nerve centre [BrE]
7) ( passe du ballon) centre [BrE] pass•Phrasal Verbs:* * *sɑ̃tʀ nm1) (= point central) centre Grande-Bretagne center USA, [ville] centre Grande-Bretagne center USAIl habite dans le centre. — He lives in the centre.
2) MATHÉMATIQUE centre Grande-Bretagne center USA3) (= agglomération) centre Grande-Bretagne center USA4) [stratégie, politique] heartCeci s'inscrit au centre de nos ambitions. — This is at the heart of our ambitions.
5) (= lieu de réunion, organisme) centre Grande-Bretagne center USA6) POLITIQUE centre Grande-Bretagne center USAle centre droit — the centre right Grande-Bretagne the center right USA
le centre gauche — the centre left Grande-Bretagne the center left USA
* * *centre nm1 ( milieu) centreGB; au centre de qch in the centreGB of sth; en plein centre de la ville right in the centreGB of town; habiter dans le centre to live in the centreGB; le centre (de la France) central France; centre historique historic centreGB;2 ( lieu important) centreGB; un grand centreculturel/industriel/d'affaires a large cultural/industrial/business centreGB;3 (établissement, organisme) centreGB;4 (point essentiel, pôle d'attraction) centreGB; c'est au centre des discussions it's at the centreGB of the discussions; il se prend pour le centre du monde he thinks the whole world revolves around him; il a peu de centres d'intérêt he has few interests;5 Pol le centre the centreGB; les partis du centre the centreGB parties; être centre gauche/droit to be centreGB left/right; elle est au centre she's in the centreGB;6 Anat centreGB; centre nerveux Anat, fig nerve centreGB; centre respiratoire respiratory centreGB; les centres vitaux the vital organs;7 ( passe du ballon) centreGB pass.centre d'accueil reception centreGB; centre aéré children's outdoor activity centre; centre d'affaires business centreGB; centre d'affaires international international business centreGB; centre d'animation community centreGB (offering leisure facilities etc); centre antipoison poisons unit; centre d'appel call centreGB; centre artistique arts centreGB; centre chorégraphique dance studio; centre commercial shopping centreGB ou arcade; centre de conférences conference centreGB; centre culturel cultural centreGB; centre de cure antialcoolique alcohol detoxification centreGB; centre de dépistage screening unit ou centreGB; centre de désintoxication detoxification centreGB; centre de détention detention centreGB; centre de diagnostic Méd diagnostic centreGB; centre de documentation ( dans une école) library; ( pour professionnels) resource centreGB; centre de documentation et d'information, CDI learning resources centreGB; centre dramatique arts centreGB for theatreGB; centre d'entraînement training centreGB; centre équestre riding school; centre d'études économiques centreGB for economic studies; centre d'études politiques centreGB for political studies; centre d'examens Scol examination centreGB; centre d'expérimentation nucléaire nuclear test centreGB; centre d'exportation exhibition hall; centre de formation training centreGB; centre de formation des apprentis, CFA vocational training centreGB; centre de gériatrie geriatric hospital; centre de gestion informatique administrative data processing centreGB; centre de gravité centreGB of gravity; centre hospitalier hospital complex; centre hospitalier spécialisé, CHS psychiatric hospital ou unit; centre hospitalier universitaire, CHU ≈ teaching hospital; centre d'inertie centreGB of inertia; centre de loisirs leisure centreGB; centre de masse centreGB of mass; centre médical health centreGB; centre opérationnel operations centreGB; centre d'orthogénie family planning clinic; centre de planification familiale family planning clinic; centre de poussée centreGB of pressure; centre de presse Presse press room; centre de recherches research centreGB; centre de rééducation Méd rehabilitation centreGB; centre de remise en forme health farm; centre de soins clinic; centre social community centreGB; centre sportif sports centreGB; centre de table table centre-piece; centre de thalassothérapie thalassotherapy centreGB; centre de traitement Ordinat processing centreGB; centre de transfusion sanguine blood transfusion centreGB; centre de tri (postal) sorting office; centre universitaire university; centre d'usinage machining centreGB; centre de vacances holiday GB ou vacation US centreGB; Centre de documentation pédagogique, CDP teachers' reference centreGB; Centre d'information et de documentation jeunesse, CIDJ youth information centreGB; Centre d'information et d'orientation, CIO Scol national careers guidance centreGB; Centre national d'enseignement à distance, CNED national centreGB for distance learning.[sɑ̃tr] nom masculinle centre [d'une ville] the centre2. [concentration]3. [organisme] centrecentre de contrôle [spatial] mission controlcentre culturel art ou arts centrecentre de dépistage du cancer/SIDA centre for cancer/AIDS screeningêtre au centre de to be the key point of, to be at the heart ou centre ofcentre droit/gauche moderate right/left8. INDUSTRIECentre nom propre masculinThis administrative region includes the départements of Cher, Eure-et-Loir, Indre, Indre-et-Loire, Loir-et-Cher and Loiret (capital: Orléans). -
14 miðr
I)(mið, mitt), a. middle, lying in the middle; nær miðri veröldinni, near the middle of the world; G. leggr í móti atgeirinum ok kom á hann miðjan, and struck him in the middle; áin var opin um mitt, in the middle; mið nótt, midnight (þá var mið nótt); m. dagr, midday (þat var nær miðjum degi, er þeir fundust); m. aptann, six o’clock p. m.; m. morginn, six o’clock a. m.; at miðjum vetri, um miðjan vetr, at midwinter; mitt sumar, midsummer; miðrar brautar, in the middle of the road.* * * -
15 महा _mahā
1महा A cow.2महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)-Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.-अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.-(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.-2 a kind of rat.-3 N. of Śiva.-अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.-अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.-अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.-अध्वरः a great sacrifice.-अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.-2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.-अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.-अनुभाव a.1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.-2 virtuous, righteous, just.(-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.-2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.-अन्तकः 1 death.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.-2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.-अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.-अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.-अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.-अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).-अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.-अम्बुजम् a billion.-अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.-अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail.-अर्घ्य a.1 valuable, precious.-2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.-अर्चिस् a. flaming high.-अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.-2 N. of Śiva.-अर्थ a.1 rich.-2 great, noble, dignified.-3 important, weighty.-4 significant.-अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.-अर्ह a.1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.-2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood.-अवरोहः the fig-tree.-अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.- अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.-अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.-अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......-असिः a large sword.-असुरी N. of Durgā.-अह्नः the afternoon.-आकार a. extensive, large, great.-आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.-आत्मन् a.1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.-2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.-3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.-2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).-आनकः a kind of large drum.-आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.-2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.(-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.-2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.-आपगा a great river.-आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.-आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize.-आलयः 1 a temple in general.-2 a sanctuary, an asylum.-3 a great dwelling.-4 a place of pilgrimage.-5 the world of Brahman.-6 the Supreme Spirit.-7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.-8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.-9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (-या) N. of a particular deity.- आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.(-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.-2 the ocean.-आस्पद a.1 occupying a great position.-2 mighty, powerful.-आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.-इच्छ a.1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.-2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.-इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.-2 a chief or leader in general.-3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.-इभ्य a. very rich.-इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.-इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.-ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.-ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.-ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.-2 N. of Śiva.-3 of Viṣṇu.-4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).-5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.(-री) 1 N. of Durgā.-2 a kind of bell-metal.-उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.-उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird.-उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.-2 the god of love.-उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.(-हः) 1 perseverance.-2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.-उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.-2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.- उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.(-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.-2 final beatitude.-3 a lord, master.-4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.-5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.-6 sour milk mixed with honey.-7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).- उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.-(रम्) 1 a big belly.-2 dropsy.-उदार a.1 very generous or magnanimous.-2 mighty, powerful.-उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.-उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.-उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).-उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree.-उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.-उपकारः a great obligation.-उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.-उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.-उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.-उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.-उल्का 1 a great meteor.-2 a great fire-brand.-ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.-ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.-ऋषभः a great bull.-ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').-2 N. of Sacute;iva.-3 of Buddha.-ओघ a. having a strong current.-घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.-ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.-ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.-ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).-ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).-ओषधिः f.1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.-2 the Dūrvā grass.-3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....-औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.-2 ginger.-3 garlic.-4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).-कच्छः 1 the sea.-2 N. of Varuṇa.-3 a mountain.-कन्दः garlic.-कपर्दः a kind of shell.-कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.-2 red garlic.-कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.-कर a.1 large-handed.-2 having a large revenue.-कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.-कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.-कला the night of the new moon.-कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.-कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.-2 an epithet of Śukra.-कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).-कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth.-काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.(-यः) 1 an elephant.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-3 of Viṣṇu.-4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).-कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.-कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.-कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.-2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.-3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.-4 N. of a kind of gourd.-5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.-काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.-काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).-कीर्तनम् a house.-कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.-कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.-कुहः a species of parasitical worm.-कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.-केतुः N. of Śiva.-केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.-2 a large sheath.-क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.-क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.-क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.-क्षत्रपः a great satrap.-क्षीरः sugar-cane.-क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.-खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).-गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.-गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.-गदः fever.-गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.-गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.-गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.-गल a. longnecked.-गवः Bos gavaeus.-गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.-गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).-गुल्मा the Soma plant.-गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.-ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.-2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.-ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.-ग्रीवः 1 a camel.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-ग्रीविन् m. a camel.-घूर्णा spirituous liquor.-घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).-घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour.-चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.-चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.-चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.-चपला a kind of metre.-चमूः f. a large army.-छायः the fig-tree.-जङ्घः a camel.-जटः an epithet of Śiva.-जटा 1 a great braid of hair.-2 the matted hair of Śiva.-जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.-जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.-2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.-3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.-4 the chief of a caste or trade.-5 a merchant, tradesman.-जवः an antelope.-जातीय a.1 rather large.-2 of an excellent kind.-जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)-जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.-ज्ञानिन् m.1 a very learned man.-2 a great sage.-3 N. of Śiva.-ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.-ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.-ज्वरः great affliction.-ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.(-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.-2 a sacrificial fire.-डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).-तपस् m.1 a great ascetic.-2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.-तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.-तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.-तिक्तः the Nimba tree.-तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.-तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.-तेजस् a.1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.-2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)1 a hero, warrior.-2 fire.-3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.-त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.-दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.-दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-दण्डः 1 a long arm.-2 a severe punishment.-दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.-दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.-दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.-दारु n. the devadāru tree.-दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.-दूषकः a kind of grain.-देवः N. of Śiva.(-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.-2 the chief queen.-द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.-द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.-धन a.1 rich.-2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.(-नम्) 1 gold.-2 incense.-3 a costly or rich dress.-4 agriculture, husbandry.-5 anything costly or precious.-6 great booty.-7 a great battle (Ved.).-धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.-धातुः 1 gold.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-3 lymph.-4 N. of Meru.-धी a. having a great understanding.-धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.-ध्वजः a camel.-ध्वनिक a. dead.-नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.-नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.-नदः a great river.-नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.-2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.-नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.-2 N. of a river.-3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....-नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.-नलः a kind of reed.-नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.-नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥-नाडी sinew, tendon.-नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.-2 a great drum.-3 a thunder-cloud.-4 a shell.-5 an elephant.-6 a lion.-7 the ear.-8 a camel.-9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument.-नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.-2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.-नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.-2 a great head or chief.-नासः an epithet of Śiva.-निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.-निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.-नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.-निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).-निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्-2 an epithet of Durgā.-नीचः a washerman.-नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.-नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.-नेमिः a crow.-न्यायः the chief rule.-पक्ष a.1 having many adherents.-2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.(-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.-2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl.-पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.-पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥-पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥-पटः the skin.-पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.-2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.-3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.-4 an epithet of Śiva.-5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.-6 the way to heaven.-7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.-पथिक a.1 undertaking great journeys.-2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)-पद्मः 1 a particular high number.-2 N. of Nārada.-3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.-4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.-5 an epithet of Nanda.-6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.(-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.-2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.-पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.-पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.-पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.-पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.-पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.-पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.-2 any great sin or transgression.-पात्रः a prime minister.-पादः an epithet of Śiva.-पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.-पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.-पुंसः a great man.-पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.-2 the Supreme Spirit.-3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.-पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.-पुष्पः a kind of worm.-पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.-पृष्ठः a camel.-पोटगलः a kind of large reed.-प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.-प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.-प्रपञ्चः the great universe.-प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp.-प्रभुः 1 a great lord.-2 a king, sovereign.-3 a chief.-4 an epithet of Indra.-5 of Śiva-6 of Viṣṇu.-7 a great saint or holy man.-प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.-प्रश्नः a knotty question.-प्रसादः 1 a great favour.-2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः-प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.-2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.-प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.-2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.-3 a raven.-प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.-प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.-प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.-फल a.1 bearing much fruit.-2 bringing much reward.(-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.-2 a kind of spear.(-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.-2 a testicle.-फेना the cuttle-fish bone.-बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.-बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.-बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām(-लः) 1 wind, storm.-2 a Buddha.-3 a solid bamboo.-4 a palm.-5 a crocodile.-बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.-बाध a. causing great pain or damage.-बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.-बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.-2 the heart.-3 a water-jar, pitcher.-4 a hole, cave.-बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.-बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.-बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.-बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).-बुशः barley.-बृहती a kind of metre.-बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.-2 a Buddha.-ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.-ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.-2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.-भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.-भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.-भाग a.1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.-2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.-3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.-भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.-2 great excel- lence or merit.-भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.-भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.-भाण्डम् a chief treasury.-भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते-भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.-2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.-भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.-भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.-भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).-भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.-भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.-भुज a. long-armed, powerful.-भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.(-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.-2 a great creature.-भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.-2 a great coil or hood; great winding.-3 a serpent. (-गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.-मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.-2 N. of Śiva.-मति a.1 high-minded.-2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.-मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.-मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut.-मनस्, -मनस्क a.1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.-2 liberal.-3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.-मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.-2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.-मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.-मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.-मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.-महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.-महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).-महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.-2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.-मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).-माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.-मात्र a.1 great in measure, very great or large.-2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.(-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.-2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.-3 a superintendent of elephants.(-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.-2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.-मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.-मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.-मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.-2 of Viṣṇu.-माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.-2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.-मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.-मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.-2 an epithet of Durgā.-मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.-मालः N. of Śiva.-माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.-मुखः a crocodile.-मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).-मुनिः 1 a great sage.-2 N. of Vyāsa.-3 an epithet of Buddha.-4 of Agastya.-5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.)1 coriander seed.-2 any medicinal herb or drug.-मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.-मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.-मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion.-मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby.-मृगः 1 any large animal.-2 an elephant,-3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.-मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.-मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.-मृधम् a great battle.-मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.-मेधा an epithet of Durgā.-मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā.-यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).-2 N. of Viṣṇu.-यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.-यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.-यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.-यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).-याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.-युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.-योगिन् m.1 an epithet of Śiva.-2 of Viṣṇu.-3 a cock.-योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.-रक्तम् coral.-रङ्गः a large stage.-रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.-2 the thorn-apple.-रजनम् 1 safflower.-2 gold.-3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.-रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.-रथः 1 a great chariot.-2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).-3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.-रवः a frog.-रस a. very savoury.(-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.-2 quicksilver.-3 a precious mineral.-4 the fruit of the date tree.-5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater.-राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.-2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.-3 a deified Jaina teacher.-4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.-राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.-राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).-राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.-राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.-2 N. of Durgā.-रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.-रात्रिः, -त्री f.1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.-2 midnight.-3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.-राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.-2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.-रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.-रुज्, -ज a. very painful.-रुद्रः a form of Śiva.-रुरुः a species of antelope.-रूप a. mighty in form.(-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.-2 resin.-रूपकम् a kind of drama.-रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.-रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).-रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā.-रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.-लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.-2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.-लयः 1 a great world destruction.-2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).-लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.-लोलः a crow.-लोहम् a magnet.-वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).-वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.-वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.-वरा Dūrvā grass.-वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.-वर्तनम् high wages;-वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.-2 a large creeping plant.-वसः the porpoise.-वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.-वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.-2 any continuous composition or literary work.-3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.-4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.-वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.-वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.-वायुः 1 air (as an element).-2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.-वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.-विडम् a kind of factitious salt.-विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.-विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥-विपुला a kind of metre.-विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.-विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.-विषः a serpent having two mouths.-विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).-विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.-वीचिः N. of a hell.-वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.-2 a lion.-3 the thunderbolt of Indra.-4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.-5 of Garuḍa.-6 of Hanumat.-7 a cuckoo.-8 a white horse.-9 a sacrificial fire.-1 a sacrificial vessel.-11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.-वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.(-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.-2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub.-2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.-वृषः a great bull.-वेग a.1 very swift or fleet.(-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.-2 an ape.-3 the bird Garuḍa.-वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).-वेल a. billowy.-व्याधिः f.1 a great disease.-2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).-व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.-व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.(-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).-2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.-व्रतिन् m.1 a devotee, an ascetic.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.-2 of Kārtikeya.-शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.-शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.-2 the temporal bone, forehead.-3 a human bone.-4 a particular high number.-5 one of Kubera's treasures.-शठः a kind of thorn-apple.-शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.-शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.-शालः a great householder.-शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.-शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.-शासन a.1 exercising great power.-2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.(-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.-2 great order of government.-शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.-शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,-शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.-शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.-शुभ्रम् silver.-शूद्रः (-द्री f.)1 a Sūdra in a high position.-2 a cowherd.-3 an upper servant. (-द्री) a female cow-keeper. (-द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.-शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.-शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.-2 the शरभ animal.-श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.-श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).-श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.-2 a Jain monk.-श्लक्ष्णा sand.-श्वासः a kind of asthma.-श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.-2 of Durgā.-3 white sugar.-संहिता great combi- nation.-संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.-सती a very chaste woman.-सत्ता absolute existence.-सत्यः an epithet of Yama.-सत्त्व a.1 noble.-2 very strong or powerful.-3 just, righteous.(-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.-2 N. of Sākyamuni.-3 an epithet of Kubera.-संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.-सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.-सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.-समुद्रः the great ocean.-सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).-सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.-साधनभागः a great executive officer.-सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.-सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.-सामन्तः a great vassal.-सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.-सारः a kind of Khadira tree.-सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.-साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.-साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.-सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.-सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.-सुखम् 1 great pleasure.-2 copulation. (-खः) a Buddha.-सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.-सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.-सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.-सुभिक्षम् good times.-सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.-सूक्ष्मा sand.-सूतः a mili- tary drum.-सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.-2 the commander of a large army. (-ना) a great army.-स्कन्धः a camel.-स्थली the earth.-स्थानम् a great position.-स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.-स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.-स्रोतस् n. the bowels.-स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.-स्वनः a kind of drum.-हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.-हविस् n. clarified butter.-हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.-हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.-हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.-ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली). -
16 beim
a) bei präziser Zeitangabe: beim nächsten Ton ist es drei Uhr zehn at the next ( meist third) stroke the time will be three ten; beim ersten Glockenton standen alle auf at the first stroke of the bell everyone got up;b) (während) beim Essen sollst du nicht reden you shouldn’t talk while you’re eating; stör ihn nicht beim Arbeiten don’t disturb him while he’s working; er hat sich beim Sport / Skilaufen verletzt he injured himself while (he was) playing sports / while (he was) skiing; beim Überholen genügend Platz lassen leave plenty of room when overtaking (Am. passing); ich bin gerade beim Lesen / Kochen I’m just ( oder in the middle of) reading / cooking;c) in festen Wendungen: beim besten Willen nicht not with the best will in the world; jemanden beim Kragen / die Gelegenheit beim Schopf packen grab s.o. by the scruff of his neck / seize ( oder jump at) the opportunity; alles bleibt beim Alten nothing’s changed* * *[baim] contr See: von bei dem* * *[baim]= bei dem1. (Aufenthalt in jds Geschäftsräumen)\beim Arzt/Bäcker/Friseur at the doctor's/baker's/hairdresser's2. (eine Tätigkeit ausführend)jdn \beim Arbeiten stören to disturb sb workingjdn \beim Stehlen ertappen [o erwischen] to catch sb [in the act of] stealing* * *Präposition + Art1)= bei dem —
2)beim Bäcker — at the baker's
beim Film sein — be in films
beim Ahorn/Menschen — in the maple/in man
3) (zeitlich)er will beim Arbeiten nicht gestört werden — he doesn't want to be disturbed when or while [he's] working
beim Essen spricht man nicht — you shouldn't talk while [you're] eating
beim Verlassen des Gebäudes — when or on leaving the building
[gerade] beim Duschen sein — be taking a shower
* * *beim präp & art;beim nächsten Ton ist es drei Uhr zehn at the next ( meist third) stroke the time will be three ten;beim ersten Glockenton standen alle auf at the first stroke of the bell everyone got up;(während)beim Essen sollst du nicht reden you shouldn’t talk while you’re eating;stör ihn nicht beim Arbeiten don’t disturb him while he’s working;er hat sich beim Sport/Skilaufen verletzt he injured himself while (he was) playing sports/while (he was) skiing;beim Überholen genügend Platz lassen leave plenty of room when overtaking (US passing);ich bin gerade beim Lesen/Kochen I’m just ( oder in the middle of) reading/cooking; in festen Wendungen:beim besten Willen nicht not with the best will in the world;jemanden beim Kragen/die Gelegenheit beim Schopf packen grab sb by the scruff of his neck/seize ( oder jump at) the opportunity;alles bleibt beim Alten nothing’s changed* * *Präposition + Art1)= bei dem —
2)beim Ahorn/Menschen — in the maple/in man
3) (zeitlich)er will beim Arbeiten nicht gestört werden — he doesn't want to be disturbed when or while [he's] working
beim Essen spricht man nicht — you shouldn't talk while [you're] eating
beim Verlassen des Gebäudes — when or on leaving the building
[gerade] beim Duschen sein — be taking a shower
* * *präp.near the prep. -
17 Zeit
Präp. (+ Gen): zeit seines etc. Lebens gesamt: his etc. whole life long; (von da an) for the rest of his etc. life; zeitlebens* * *die Zeit(Ablauf) time;(Grammatik) tense;(Uhrzeit) hour; time;(Zeitalter) age; era* * *[tsait]f -, -en1) time; (= Epoche) agedie gute alte Zéít — the good old days
es erinnerte ihn an alte Zéíten — it reminded him of the old days
das waren noch Zéíten! — those were the days
die Zéíten sind schlecht — times are bad
die Zéíten haben sich geändert — times have changed
die Zéít Goethes — the age of Goethe
die damalige Zéít machte die Einführung neuer Methoden erforderlich — the situation at the time required the introduction of new methods
wenn Zéít und Umstände es erfordern — if circumstances demand it, if the situation requires it
die jetzigen Zéíten erfordern,... — the present situation requires...
für alle Zéíten — for ever, for all time (liter)
etw für alle Zéíten entscheiden — to decide sth once and for all
in seiner/ihrer besten Zéít — at his/her peak
mit der Zéít gehen — to move with the times
vor der Zéít alt werden — to get old before one's time
Zéít — before sb's time
die Zéít ist knapp bemessen — time is short
die Zéít verging wie im Flug — time flew by
die Zéít wurde mir lang — time hung heavy on my hands
eine lange Zéít her sein or zurückliegen, dass... — to be a long time (ago or back) since...
eine Stunde Zéít haben — to have an hour (to spare)
Fräulein Glück, haben Sie vielleicht einen Augenblick Zéít? — Miss Glück, do you have a moment?
für jdn/etw Zéít nehmen — to devote time to sb/sth
sich Zéít füreinander nehmen — to make time for one another
dafür muss ich mir mehr Zéít nehmen — I need more time for that
die Zéít nehmen, etw zu tun — to take the time to do sth
du hast dir aber reichlich Zéít gelassen — you certainly took your time
hier bin ich die längste Zéít gewesen — it's about time or it's high time I was going
keine Zéít verlieren — to lose no time
damit hat es noch Zéít — there's no rush or hurry, there's plenty of time
das hat Zéít bis morgen — that can wait until tomorrow
lass dir Zéít — take your time
... aller Zéíten —... of all time,... ever
auf bestimmte Zéít — for a certain length of time
auf unbestimmte Zéít — for an indefinite period
in letzter Zéít — recently
die ganze Zéít über — the whole time
eine Zéít lang — a while, a time
wir sind eine Zéít lang dortgeblieben — we stayed there (for) a while or for a time
eine Zéít lang ist das ganz schön — for a while or time it's quite nice
mit der Zéít — gradually, in time
nach Zéít bezahlt werden — to be paid by the hour
die Zéít heilt alle Wunden (Prov) — time is a great healer (prov)
auf Zéít spielen (Sport, fig) — to play for time
es wird langsam Zéít, dass... — it's about time that...
für dich wird es langsam Zéít, dass... — it's about time that you...
seine Zéít ist gekommen — his time has come
hast du (die) genaue Zéít? — do you have the exact time?
in der Zéít von 10 bis 12 — between 10 and 12 (o'clock)
es ist an der Zéít, dass... — it is about time or it's high time (that)...
Vertrag auf Zéít — fixed-term contract
Beamter auf Zéít — ≈ nonpermanent civil servant
Soldat auf Zéít — soldier serving for a set time
seit dieser Zéít — since then
zur Zéít or zu Zéíten Königin Viktorias — in Queen Victoria's time
zu der Zéít, als... — (at the time) when...
alles zu seiner Zéít (prov) — all in good time
von Zéít zu Zéít — from time to time
See:→ kommenin welcher Zéít steht das Verb? — what tense is the verb in?
* * *die1) (a period of time during which something lasts: a spell of bad health.) spell2) (the hour of the day: What time is it?; Can your child tell the time yet?) time3) (the passage of days, years, events etc: time and space; Time will tell.) time4) (the quantity of minutes, hours, days etc, eg spent in, or available for, a particular activity etc: This won't take much time to do; I enjoyed the time I spent in Paris; At the end of the exam, the supervisor called `Your time is up!') time* * *<-, -en>[tsait]f1. (Ablauf) timewie doch die \Zeit vergeht! how time flies!die \Zeit stand still time stood stillim Lauf der [o mit der] \Zeit in time, graduallymit der \Zeit erholte er sich von seiner Krankheit as time passed, he recovered from his illnessmit der \Zeit wird sie darüber hinwegkommen she'll get over it in time2. (Zeitraum) [period of] time▪ eine \Zeit lang for a while [or a time]die \Zeit ist knapp time is shortes ist erst kurze \Zeit her, dass... it's only a short time ago since...Beamter auf \Zeit non-permanent civil servantVertrag auf \Zeit fixed-term contractjdn auf \Zeit beschäftigen [o einstellen] to employ sb on a temporary basisauf \Zeit kaufen BÖRSE to buy forwardetw auf \Zeit mieten to rent sth temporarilyauf bestimmte \Zeit for a certain length of timeauf unabsehbare \Zeit for an unforeseeable period, unforeseeablyauf unbestimmte \Zeit for an indefinite period, indefinitelyeine ganze/einige/längere \Zeit dauern to take quite some/some/a long timedie ganze \Zeit [über] the whole time\Zeit gewinnen to gain time[keine] \Zeit haben to [not] have time\Zeit haben, etw zu tun to have the time to do sthzehn Minuten/zwei Tage \Zeit haben[, etw zu tun] to have ten minutes/two days [to do sth]haben Sie einen Augenblick \Zeit? have you got a moment to spare?das hat [o damit hat es] noch \Zeit that can wait, there's no rush [or hurry]in kurzer \Zeit very quicklyin kürzester \Zeit in no timejdm wird die \Zeit lang sb is boredjdm \Zeit lassen to give sb timein letzter \Zeit latelyin nächster \Zeit in the near futurein der \Zeit vom... bis... in the time between... and...nach \Zeit bezahlt werden to be paid by the hour\Zeit raubend time-consumingdurch die \Zeit reisen to travel through time\Zeit sparend time-savingjdm die \Zeit stehlen (fam) to waste sb's timekeine \Zeit verlieren to not lose any more timevor langer \Zeit long [or a long time] agodie \Zeit vor Weihnachten the period before Christmas3. (Zeitpunkt) timees ist höchste \Zeit, dass wir die Tickets kaufen it's high time we bought the ticketses ist jetzt nicht die \Zeit, Entscheidungen zu treffen it's not the right time to make decisionses wird [für jdn] \Zeit, dass... it's about time that [sb]...wenn es an der \Zeit ist when the time is rightfeste \Zeiten haben to have set timeszu gegebener \Zeit in due coursezur gleichen \Zeit at the same timenächste Woche um diese \Zeit this time next weekzu nachtschlafender \Zeit in the middle of the nightseit dieser [o der] \Zeit since thenvon \Zeit zu \Zeit from time to timevor der \Zeit prematurelyvor seiner \Zeit alt werden/sterben to get old/die before one's timezu jeder \Zeit at any timezur rechten \Zeit at the right time4. (Uhrzeit) timejdn nach der \Zeit fragen to ask sb for the timedie genaue \Zeit the exact timemitteleuropäische/westeuropäische \Zeit Central European/Greenwich Mean Timedas waren noch \Zeiten those were the daysdie \Zeiten ändern sich times are changingdas war die schönste \Zeit meines Lebens those were the best years of my life... aller \Zeiten... of all timesdie \Zeit der Aufklärung the age of enlightenmentin jds bester \Zeit at sb's peakfür alle \Zeiten for ever, for all time literich wollte das für alle \Zeiten klarstellen I wanted to make that clear once and for allmit der \Zeit gehen to move with the timesdie gute alte \Zeit the good old daysin guten/schlechten \Zeiten in good/bad timesfür kommende \Zeiten for times to comefür schlechte \Zeiten sparen to save money for a rainy dayseit uralten [o ewigen] \Zeiten since/from time immemorialvor \Zeiten (liter) a long time agoetw war vor jds \Zeit sth was before sb's timejd ist seiner \Zeit voraus sb is ahead of his timezu jener \Zeit at that timezur \Zeit [o zu \Zeiten] Goethes in Goethe's day [or times7. SPORT timeeine gute \Zeit laufen to run a good timeauf \Zeit spielen to play for time8.▶ alle \Zeit der Welt haben to have all the time in the world▶ alles zu seiner \Zeit all in good time▶ die \Zeit drängt time presses▶ \Zeit ist Geld time is money▶ wer nicht kommt zur rechten \Zeit, der muss nehmen, was übrig bleibt (prov) the early bird catches the worm prov* * *die; Zeit, Zeiten1) o. Pl. time no art.mit der Zeit — with time; in time; (allmählich) gradually
die Zeit arbeitet für/gegen jemanden — time is on somebody's side/is against somebody
die Zeit drängt — time is pressing; there is [precious] little time
sich (Dat.) die Zeit [mit etwas] vertreiben — pass the time [with/doing something]
jemandem Zeit/drei Tage usw. Zeit lassen — give somebody time/three days etc.
sich (Dat.) Zeit lassen — take one's time
sich (Dat.) für jemanden/etwas Zeit nehmen — make time for somebody/something
eine Zeit lang — for a while or a time
2) (Zeitpunkt) timeseit der od. dieser Zeit — since that time
vor der Zeit — prematurely; early
zur Zeit — at the moment; at present
3) (Zeitabschnitt, Lebensabschnitt) time; period; (Geschichtsabschnitt) age; period4) (Sport) timeüber die Zeit kommen — (Boxen) go the distance
5) (Sprachw.) tense* * *1. nur sg time;auf Zeit Vertrag etc: fixed-term …;Beamter/Soldat auf Zeit civil servant (appointed) on a fixed-term contract/soldier serving for a specified period of time;eine Zeit lang for a while;für alle Zeit obs forever;(für) einige Zeit for a time;es wird noch einige Zeit dauern, bis … it’ll be some time before …;in meiner etcfreien Zeit in my etc free time;die ganze Zeit hindurch the whole time;sie hat es die ganze Zeit gewusst she knew all along ( oder all the time);in kürzester Zeit in no time;lange Zeit a long time;vor langer Zeit long ago, a long time ago;die längste Zeit umg long enough;der letzten Zeit lately, recently;der nächsten Zeit soon, presently;mit der Zeit in the course of time; Vergangenheit: auch as time went on;die Zeit schien stillzustehen time seemed to stand still;wie doch die Zeit vergeht! how time flies!;einige Zeit verstreichen lassen, bevor … wait a while before (+ger)mir wird die Zeit nie lang I’ve got plenty to keep me occupied;das dauert seine Zeit it takes time;mir fehlt die Zeit I (just) haven’t got the time;ich gebe dir Zeit bis morgen/5 Minuten Zeit I’ll give you till tomorrow/five minutes;mit der Zeit gehen move ( oder keep up) with the times;Zeit gewinnen gain time;hast du ein paar Stunden Zeit? can you spare a couple of hours?;sie hat nie Zeit für mich she never has any time for me;wenn Sie Zeit haben whenever you have (the) time; (falls) if you have (the) time;das hat Zeit (bis morgen) that can wait (till oder until tomorrow);lass dir Zeit! there’s no hurry ( oder rush), take your time;jemandem Zeit lassen give sb time;sich (dat)Zeit lassen take one’s time (dazu over it);sich (dat)er nimmt sich kaum Zeit zum Essen he hardly takes any time off to eat;eine (viel) Zeit sparende Lösung a solution that will save (a lot of) time;auf Zeit spielen play for time, temporize;sich (dat)die Zeit vertreiben while away the time;die Zeit arbeitet für/gegen uns time is on our side/not on our side;(die) Zeit heilt alle Wunden sprichw time is the great healer;Zeit ist Geld sprichw time is money;ach du liebe Zeit! umg goodness (me)!;in der Zeit vom … bis … in the time between … and …;zur Zeit Goethes in Goethe’s day ( oder time);das war vor meiner Zeit that was before my time;zu meiner Zeit in my time; an der Uni etc: auch when I was at university (besonders US in college) etc;seiner Zeit voraus sein be ahead of one’s time;das waren noch Zeiten! those were the days;die Zeiten sind vorbei, wo … time was when …;die Zeit des Barock the baroque age ( oder era, period);die Zeit vor dem zweiten Weltkrieg the period before the Second World War (besonders US World War II);aller Zeiten the best player etc of all time;für alle Zeiten for ever, for good;ein Märchen aus alten Zeiten a tale from days of yore;in alten oder litervor Zeiten in the olden days;andere Zeiten, andere Sitten sprichw times have changed; auf vergangenen Zeitraum bezogen: things were very different in those days;sie hat bessere Zeiten gesehen she’s seen better days;seine beste Zeit hinter sich haben have had one’s day;seit ewigen Zeiten for ages;die gute alte Zeit the good old days;für kommende Zeiten ist gesorgt we’re well prepared for the future;schwere Zeiten hard times;für schlechte Zeiten sparen save for a rainy day;das war die schönste Zeit meines Lebens those were the best years of my life;vor undenklichen Zeiten an unimaginably long time ago, (a)eons ago;seit undenklichen Zeiten from ( oder since) time immemorial, ever since I can remember; weitS. for ages;die heutige Zeit this ( oder the present) day and agewelche Zeit haben wir? what’s the time?;feste Zeiten fixed times;Zeit und Ort festlegen fix a ( oder the) time and place;es ist (an der) Zeit it’s time;wird (höchste) Zeit, dass er nach Hause kommt it’s (high) time he came home;außer der Zeit at an unusual time, outside the usual hours;seit der Zeit since then ( oder that time), ever since (then);auf die Zeit achten keep an eye on the time ( oder clock);ich habe mich in der Zeit geirrt I got the time wrong;in der Zeit richte ich mich nach dir you suggest a time;jemanden nach der Zeit fragen ask sb for the time;morgen etcum diese Zeit this time tomorrow etc;von Zeit zu Zeit from time to time, now and then;vor der Zeit prematurely; sterben: auch before one’s time;zu bestimmten Zeiten at certain ( oder particular) times;zu jeder Zeit (at) any time;zur gleichen/rechten Zeit at the same/right time;alles zu seiner Zeit there’s a time for everything; beruhigend: one thing after another;wer nicht kommt zur rechten Zeit, muss nehmen oderessen, was übrig bleibt sprichw first come, first served;kommt Zeit, kommt Rat sprichw don’t worry, it’ll sort itself out4. SPORT time;eine gute/schlechte Zeit fahren etc clock up a good/bad time;über die Zeit kommen Boxen: go the distance5. LING tense;zusammengesetzte Zeit compound tense;in welcher Zeit steht der Satz? what is the tense of that sentence?6. (Zeitrechnung):im Jahre 400 vor unserer Zeit in 400 BC7.* * *die; Zeit, Zeiten1) o. Pl. time no art.mit der Zeit — with time; in time; (allmählich) gradually
die Zeit arbeitet für/gegen jemanden — time is on somebody's side/is against somebody
die Zeit drängt — time is pressing; there is [precious] little time
sich (Dat.) die Zeit [mit etwas] vertreiben — pass the time [with/doing something]
jemandem Zeit/drei Tage usw. Zeit lassen — give somebody time/three days etc.
sich (Dat.) Zeit lassen — take one's time
sich (Dat.) für jemanden/etwas Zeit nehmen — make time for somebody/something
eine Zeit lang — for a while or a time
2) (Zeitpunkt) timeseit der od. dieser Zeit — since that time
vor der Zeit — prematurely; early
zur Zeit — at the moment; at present
3) (Zeitabschnitt, Lebensabschnitt) time; period; (Geschichtsabschnitt) age; period4) (Sport) timeüber die Zeit kommen — (Boxen) go the distance
5) (Sprachw.) tense* * *-en f.hours n.terms n.time n. -
18 अपर _apara
अपर a. (treated as a pronoun in some senses)1 Having nothing higher or superior, unrivalled. matchless; without rival or second (नास्ति परो यस्मात्); स्त्रीरत्नसृष्टिर- परा प्रतिभाति सा मे Ś.2.1; cf. अनुत्तम, अनुत्तर.-2 [न पृणाति संतोषयति पृ अच्] (a) Another, other (used as adj. or subst.). वासांसि जीर्णानि यथा विहाय नवानि गृह्णाति नरो$पराणि Bg.2.22. (b) More, additional; कृतदारो$परान् दारान् Ms.11.5. (c) Second, another Pt.4.37; स्वं केशवो$पर इवाक्रमितुं प्रवृत्तः Mk.5.2 like another (rival) Keśava. (d) Different; other; अन्ये कृतयुगे धर्मास्त्रेतायां द्वापरे$परे Ms. 1.85; Ks.26.235; Pt.4.6 (with gen.). (e) Ordinary, of the middle sort (मध्यम); परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi. 16.23.-3 Belonging to another, not one's own (opp. स्व); यदि स्वाश्चापराश्चैव विन्देरन् योषितो द्विजाः Ms.9.85 of another caste.-4 Hinder, posterior, latter, later, (in time space) (opp. पूर्व); the last; पूर्वां सन्ध्यां जपंस्तिष्ठेत्स्वकाले चापरां चिरम् Ms.4.93; रात्रेरपरः कालः Nir.; oft. used as first member of a genitive Tatpuruṣa comp. meaning 'the hind part,' 'latter part or half'; ˚पक्षः the latter half of a month; ˚हेमन्तः latter half of a winter; ˚कायः hind part of the body &c.; ˚वर्षा, ˚शरद् latter part of the rains, autumn &c.-5 Following, the next.-6 Western; पयसि प्रतित्सुरपराम्बुनिधेः Śi.9.1. पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku. 1.1; Mu.4.21-7 Inferior, lower (निकृष्टः); अपरेयमि- तस्त्वन्यां प्रकृतिं विद्धि मे पराम् Bg.7.5.-8 (In Nyāya) Non-extensive, not covering too much, one of the two kinds of सामान्य, see Bhāṣā P.8. (परं = अधिकवृत्ति higher अपरम् = न्यूनवृत्ति lower or अधिकदेशवृत्तित्वं परं, अल्पदेशवृत्तित्वं अपरम् Muktā.)-9 Distant; opposite. When अपर is used in the singular as a correlative to एक the one, former, it means the other, the latter; एको ययौ चैत्ररथप्रदेशान् सौराज्य- रम्यानपरो विदर्भान् R.5.6; when used in pl. it means 'others', 'and others', and the words generally used as its correlatives are एके, केचित्-काश्चित् &c., अपरे, अन्ये; केचिद् रक्तपटीकृताश्च जटिलाः कापालिकाश्चापरे Pt.4.34; एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः Śi.12.45 some-others; शाखिनः केचिदध्यष्ठुर्न्यमाङ्क्षुरपरे$म्बुधौ । अन्ये त्वलङ्घिषुः शैलान् गुहास्त्वन्ये न्यलेषत ॥ केचिदासिषत स्तब्धा भयात्केचिदघूर्णिषुः । उदतारिषुरम्भोधिं वानराः सेतुनापरे Bk. 15.31.33.-रः 1 the hind foot of an ele- phant; बद्धापराणि परितो निगडान्यलावीत् Śi.5.48 (Malli. चरमपादाग्राणि).-2 An enemy (न पृणाति सन्तोषयति).-रा 1 Western direction, the west अपरां च दिशं प्राप्तो वालिना समभिद्रुतः Rām.4.46.18.-2 The hind part of an ele- phant.-3 Sacred learning, learning the four Vedas with the 6 Aṅgas.-4 The womb; the outer skin of the embryo.-5 Suppressed menstruation in pregnancy.-री Ved. The future, future times; उतापरीभ्यो मघवा विजिग्ये Rv.1.32.13.-रम् 1 The future, any thing to be done in future (कार्य); तदेतद्ब्रह्मापूर्वमपरमनन्तम् Bṛi. Ār. Up. (नास्ति अपरं कार्यं यस्य).-2 The hind quarter of an elephant.-रम् adv. Again, moreover, in future, for the future; अपरं च moreover; अपरेण behind, west of, to the west of (with gen. or acc.). [cf. Goth. afar; Germ. aber, as in aberglauben].-Comp. -अग्नि (अग्नी dual)1 the southern and western fires (दक्षिण and गार्हपत्य).-2 the last fire i. e. used at the funeral ceremony (˚ग्निः).-अङ्गम् one of the 8 divisions of गुणीभूतव्यङ्ग्य (the second kind of काव्य) mentioned in K. P.5. In this the व्यङ्ग्य or suggested sense is subordinate to something else; अगूढमपरस्याङ्गम्; अपरस्य रसादेर्वाच्यस्य वा (वाक्यार्थीभूतस्य) अङ्गं रसादि अनुरणनरूपं वा; e. g. अयं स रसनोत्कर्षी पीनस्तनविमर्दनः । नाभ्यूरुजघनस्पर्शी नीवीविस्रंसनः करः ॥ where शृङ्गार is subordi- nate to करुण.-अन्त a. living at the western borders.(-न्तः) 1 the western border or extremity, the extreme end or term. the western shore.-2 (pl.) the country or inhabitants of the western borders near the Sahya mountain; अपरान्तजयोद्यतैः (अनीकैः) R.4.53 Western people. दशार्णाश्चापरान्ताश्च द्विपानां मध्यमा मताः Kau.A.1.2.-3 the kings of this country.-4 death, Pātañjala Yogadarśana 3.22. ˚ज्ञानम् anticipation of one's end.-5 the hind foot of an elephant; मृदुचलदपरान्तोदीरितान्दूनिनादम् Śi.11.7;18.32.-6 Islander, inhabitant of an island (द्वीपवासिन्) कोट्यापरान्ताः सामुद्रा रत्नान्युपहरन्तु ते Rām.2.82.8.-अन्तकः 1. = ˚अन्तः pl.-2 N. of a song; अपरान्तकमुल्लोप्यं मद्रकं प्रकरीं तथा । औवेणकं सरोबिन्दुमुत्तरं गीतकानि च ॥ Y3.113; ˚अन्तिका N. of a metre consisting of 64 mātrās.-अपराः, -रे, -राणि another and another, several, various.-अपरम् ind. Further and further (उत्तरोत्तरम्); अहं हि वचनं त्वत्तः शुश्रूषुरपरापरम् Mb.5.136.14.-अर्धम् the latter or second half.-अह्न [fr.अहन् changed to अह्न P.II. 4.29, V.4.88.] the latter part of the day, the after- noon, closing or last watch of the day; Ms.3.278; अपराह्णशीतलतरेण शनैरनिलेन Śi.9.4; ˚तन, ˚ह्णेतन belonging to this time; ˚कृतं P.II.1.45.-इतरा the east.-कान्य- कुब्ज a. situated in or belonging to the western part of Kānyakubja.-कालः later period.-गात्रम् a minor limb (hand, foot etc.); कोपप्रसादापरगात्रहस्तः (सुप्तः क्षितौ) रावणगन्धहस्ती) Rām.6.19.1.-गोदानम् (also गोडनि or गोडानि) N. of a country to the west of Mahāmeru (according to Buddhistic ideas).-ज a. born later or at the end of the world. (-जः) the destroying fire.-जनः an inhaditant of the west, the western people.-दक्षिणम् ind. in the south-west (belonging to the तिष्ठद्गु class).-पक्षः 1 the second or dark half of the month.-2 the other or opposite side; a defendant (in law).-पञ्चालाः the western Pañchālas.-पर a. one and the other, several, various; अपरपराः सार्थाः गच्छन्ति P.VI.1.144. Sk. several caravans go; (अपरे च परे च सकृदेव गच्छन्ति).-पाणिनीयाः the pupils of Pāṇini living in the west.-प्रणेय a. easily led or influenced by others, docile, tractable.-भावः 1 being another or different, differ- ence.-2 succession, continuation.-रात्रः [अपरं रात्रेः] the latter or closing part of night, the last watch of night (P.V.4.87); उत्थायापररात्रान्ते प्रयताः सुसमाहिताः Bhāg.8.4.24. ˚कृतम् P.II.1.45.-लोकः the other world, the next world. Paradise.-वक्त्रा, -क्त्रम् N. of a metre.-वैराग्यम् a kind of Vairāgya mentioned by Patañjali (दुष्टानुश्राविकविषयवितृष्णस्य वशीकारसंज्ञं वैराग्यम्).-सक्थम् the hind thigh.-स्वस्तिकम् the western point in the horizon.-हैमन a. belonging to the latter helf of winter (P.VII.3.11). -
19 fin
I.fin1, fine1 [fɛ̃, fin]1. adjectivea. ( = mince) thin ; [cheveux, sable, poudre, pointe, pinceau] fine ; [taille, doigt, jambe] slenderb. ( = raffiné) [lingerie, porcelaine, silhouette, membres] delicate ; [traits, visage, or] fine ; [produits, aliments] top-quality ; [mets] exquisitec. ( = très sensible) [vue, ouïe] sharp ; [goût, odorat] discriminating• comme c'est fin ! very clever!• tu as l'air fin ! you look a right idiot! (inf)e. (avant le nom = habile) expertf. (avant le nom: intensif) au fin fond de la campagne right in the heart of the country2. adverb[moudre, tailler] finely3. compoundsII.fin2 [fɛ̃]1. feminine nouna. end• « Fin » [de film, roman] "The End"• vers or sur la fin towards the end• fin juin• tu m'ennuies, à la fin ! (inf) you're beginning to get on my nerves!• toucher à or tirer à sa fin to be coming to an endb. ( = mort) endc. ( = but) aim2. compounds* * *
I
1.fine fɛ̃, fin adjectif1) [sable, pluie] fine; [fil, écriture, pinceau, pointe] fine; [tranche, couche, verre] thin2) [petit pois, haricots verts] quality (épith)très fins — top-quality (épith)
3) ( délicat) [cheville, taille] slender; [traits] fine; [bijou, dentelle] delicate, fine; [vins, aliments] fine; [plat] delicate4) ( subtil) [personne] perceptive; [esprit] shrewd; [allusion, interprétation, humour] subtle; [goût] delicate, subtlevraiment c'est fin! — iron that's really clever! iron
avoir l'air fin — (colloq) to look a fool
tu as l'air fin (colloq) avec ce chapeau! — you look a sight (colloq) in that hat!
5) ( sensible)6) ( remarquable) excellentla fine fleur des économistes — the top ou best economists
7) ( ultime)au fin fond de — in the remotest part of [pays, région]; at the very bottom of [tiroir, armoire]
2.
1) ( complètement)fin soûl — (colloq) completely drunk
2) ( finement) [écrire, moudre] finely; [couper] thinly
3.
nom masculinle fin du fin — the ultimate (de in)
Phrasal Verbs:
II fɛ̃1) ( terme) end; (de réunion, période) close, end; ( façon dont se termine quelque chose) endingtoucher or tirer à sa fin — to be coming ou drawing to an end
sans fin — [discussions] endless; [discuter] endlessly
tu vas te taire à la fin! — (colloq) for God's sake, be quiet!
tu m'ennuies à la fin! — (colloq) you're really getting on my nerves!
chômeur en fin de droits — unemployed person no longer eligible for benefit
fin de siècle — pej decadent, fin-de-siècle
2) ( mort) end, death3) ( but) end, aim, purpose•Phrasal Verbs:* * *
I fɛ̃1. nf1) (= terme) endElle n'a pas regardé la fin du film. — She didn't watch the end of the film.
"Fin" — "The End"
à la fin — in the end, eventually
À la fin, il a réussi à se décider. — In the end he managed to make up his mind.
Il sera en vacances fin juin. — He'll be on holiday at the end of June.
sans fin adj — endless, advendlessly
2) (= but)2. fins nfpl(= but) ends
II fin, -e1. adj1) (peu épais) (papier, couche, fil) thin, (cheveux, poudre, pointe, visage) fine, (taille) neat, slim2) (de qualité supérieure) (vins) fine3) (= subtil) (remarques) (avant le nom) subtlec'est fin! ironique — how clever!
4) (= sensible) (ouïe, odorat) keen5) (placé avant le nom: qui excelle dans une activité)2. adv1) (= finement) [moudre, couper] finely2) (= tout à fait)3. nm* * *I.A adj1 ( constitué d'éléments très petits) [sable, poudre, pluie] fine;2 ( très mince) [gouttelette, fil, trait de crayon, écriture] fine; [tranche, plaque, couche, feuille, verre] thin;3 ( effilé) [pinceau, aiguille, plume, pointe] fine;5 ( délicat) [cheville, poignet, cou, taille] slender; [traits] fine; il est très fin de visage he's got very fine features;6 ( ouvragé) [orfèvrerie, broderie, bijou, dentelle] delicate, fine;7 ( de grande qualité) [vins, aliments, lingerie] fine; [plat, mets, morceau] delicate;8 ( subtil) [personne] perceptive; [esprit] shrewd; [allusion, interprétation] subtle; [plaisanterie, humour] subtle; [goût] delicate, subtle; vraiment c'est fin! iron that's really clever! iron; jouer au plus fin avec qn to try to outsmart sb; avoir l'air fin○ to look a fool; tu as l'air fin○ avec ce chapeau! you look a sight○ in that hat!;9 ( sensible) avoir l'ouïe or l'oreille fine to have a keen sense of hearing; avoir l'odorat or le nez fin to have a keen sense of smell;10 ( remarquable) (before n) excellent; c'est une fine cuisinière she's an excellent cook; fin gourmet gourmet; fin connaisseur connoisseur; fin tireur crack shot; la fine fleur des économistes/joueurs d'échecs the top ou best economists/chess players; ⇒ bouche;11 ( ultime) (before n) au fin fond de in the remotest part of [pays, région]; at the very bottom of [tiroir, armoire]; ils habitent au fin fond du Massif central they live in the remotest part of the Massif Central; le fin mot de l'histoire the truth of the matter.B advC nm le fin du fin the ultimate (de in).fin limier super-sleuth; fin renard sly customer○; fine gueule○ gourmet; fine lame expert swordsman; fine mouche = fin renard; fines herbes mixed herbs, fines herbes.II.fin nf1 ( terme) end; (de séance, réunion, période) close, end; ( façon dont se termine quelque chose) ending; à la fin de at the end of; fin août/septembre at the end of August/September; en fin de journée/semaine/mois at the end of the day/week/month; à la fin des années 70 in the late '70s; en fin de matinée/d'après-midi late in the morning/afternoon; vers or sur la fin toward(s) the end; en fin de séance ( à la Bourse) at the close; jusqu'à la fin to the (very) end; jusqu'à la fin des temps until the end of time; toucher or tirer à sa fin to be coming ou drawing to an end; tout a une fin everything comes to an end; prendre fin to come to an end; mettre fin à to put an end to; mettre fin à ses jours to take one's own life, to put an end to one's life; ‘fin’ (dans un film, roman) ‘the end’; la fin du monde lit, fig the end of the world; c'est la fin de leurs espoirs it's the end of their hopes; avoir des fins de mois difficiles to find it hard to make ends meet at the end of the month; la quatrième en partant de la fin the fourth from the bottom ou end; la table des matières est à la fin du livre the table of contents is at the back of the book; payable fin janvier/courant/prochain payable at the end of January/of this month/of next month; c'est la fin de tout it's the last straw; mener qch à bonne fin to carry sth off, to bring sth to a successful conclusion; c'est un bon film mais je n'ai pas aimé la fin it's a good film but I didn't like the ending; sans fin [combats, discussions, guerre] endless, never-ending; [discuter, épiloguer, se disputer] endlessly; à la fin in the end; tu vas te taire à la fin○! for God's sake, be quiet!, be quiet already○ US!; tu m'ennuies à la fin○! you're really getting on my nerves!; chômeur en fin de droits unemployed person who is no longer entitled to unemployment benefit; fin de siècle pej decadent, fin-de-siècle;2 ( mort) end, death; une fin tragique/prématurée a tragic/premature end ou death; il ne vous entend plus, c'est la fin he can no longer hear you, he's dying;3 ( but) end, aim, purpose; à cette fin to this end; à toutes fins utiles for whatever purpose it may serve; arriver or parvenir à ses fins to achieve one's aims; à seule fin de for the sole purpose of; ce n'est pas une fin en soi it's not an end in itself.la fin justifie les moyens, qui veut la fin veut les moyens the end justifies the means.I( féminin fine) [fɛ̃, fin] adjectif1. [mince - sable, pinceau] fine ; [ - cheveu, fil] fine, thin ; [ - écriture] fine, small ; [ - doigt, jambe, taille, main] slim, slender2. [délicat - visage, traits] delicate3. [aiguisé - pointe] sharp4. [de qualité - aliments, produit] high-quality, top-quality ; [ - mets, repas] delicate, exquisite, refined ; [ - dentelle, lingerie] delicate, fine ; [ - or, pierre, vin] fine5. [subtil - observation, description] subtle, clever ; [ - personne] perceptive, subtle ; [ - esprit] sharp, keen, shrewd ; [ - plaisanterie] wittyce n'était pas très fin de ta part it wasn't very smart ou clever of youne joue pas au plus fin avec moi don't try to outwit ou to outsmart me7. (avant le nom) [extrême]dans le ou au fin fond du placard at the very back of the closetle fin mot de l'histoire c'est... the best of it is...on ne connaîtra jamais le fin mot de l'histoire we'll never know what really happened ou the real story8. (avant le nom) [excellent]fin adverbehâché fin [herbes] finely chopped2. [tout à fait]fine bouche nom féminin1. [gourmet]2. (locution)fine gueule nom fémininII[fɛ̃] nom féminin1. [terme - d'une période, d'un mandat] end ; [ - d'une journée, d'un match] end, close ; [ - d'une course] end, finish ; [ - d'un film, d'un roman] end, ending (substantif comptable)jusqu'à la fin des temps ou des siècles until the end of timefin mai/1997 (at the) end of May/1997se battre/rester jusqu'à la fin to fight/to stay to the very endmener quelque chose à bonne fin to pull ou to carry something off (successfully)mettre fin à ses jours to put an end to one's life, to take one's own lifetirer ou toucher à sa fin to come to an end, to draw to a closefaire une fin to settle down, to get marriedça y est, j'en vois la fin! at last, I can see the light at the end of the tunnel!avoir ou connaître des fins de mois difficiles to find it hard to make ends meet (at the end of the month)2. [disparition] endla fin de la civilisation inca the end ou death of Inca civilizationce n'est quand même pas la fin du monde! it's not the end of the world, is it!avoir une fin tragique/lente to die a tragic/slow deathà cette fin to this end, for this purpose, with that aim in mindà seule fin de with the sole aim of, (simply) for the sake of, purely in order toarriver ou parvenir à ses fins to achieve one's aimà des fins personnelles for personal ou private useà des fins politiques/religieuses to political/religious endsla fin justifie les moyens (proverbe) , qui veut la fin veut les moyens (proverbe) the end justifies the means (proverbe)5. DROIT6. COMMERCE————————à la fin locution adverbiale2. (familier) [ton irrité]mais à la fin, où est-il? where on earth is it?————————à la fin de locution prépositionnelleat the end ou close ofà toutes fins utiles locution adverbiale1. [pour information]je vous signale à toutes fins utiles que... for your information, let me point out that...2. [le cas échéant] just in casedans la boîte à gants j'avais mis à toutes fins utiles une carte de France I had put a map of France in the glove compartment just in case————————en fin de locution prépositionnelleen fin de soirée/match towards the end of the evening/matchêtre en fin de liste to be ou to come at the end of the listen fin de compte locution adverbialefin de race locution adjectivalefin de siècle locution adjectivale————————sans fin locution adjectivale————————sans fin locution adverbiale -
20 GANGA
* * *I)(geng; gekk, gengum; genginn), v.1) to walk (reið jarl, en Karkr gekk);2) to go;ganga heim, to go home;ganga braut, to go away;ganga til hvílu, to go to bed;ganga á skip, to go on board;ganga af skipi, to go ashore;with infin., ganga sofa or at sofa, to go to sleep;ganga at eiga konu, to marry a woman;3) to go about grazing, to graze (kálfrinn gekk í túni um sumarit);4) of a ship, to run, sail (gekk skipit brátt út á haf);5) to stretch out, extend, project (nes mikit gekk í sæ út);6) of report, tales, to be current (litlar sögur megu ganga af hesti mínum);7) to prevail;gekk þaðan af í Englandi Valska, thereafter the French tongue prevailed in E.;8) of money, to be current (peningar þeir, sem nú ganga);of laws, to be valid (þau lög, er gengu á Uppsalaþingi);of sickness, plague, famine, to rage (þá gekk landfarsótt, drepsótt, hallæri);9) to go on, last (gnustu þá saman vápnin, ok gekk þat um hríð);impers., gekk því lengi, so it went on for a long while;10) láta ganga e-t, to let go on;láta höggin ganga, to rain blows;Birkibeinar létu ganga lúðrana, blew the trumpets vigorously;11) to succeed;ef þat gengr eigi, if that will not do;impers., svá þykt, at þeim gekk þar eigi at fara, so close, that they could not go on there;þeim gekk ekki fyrir nesit, they could not clear the ness;12) to turn out, go in a specified way;ganga andæris, to go all wrong;mart gengr verr en varir, many a thing goes worse than is looked for;gekk þeim lítt atsókinn, they made little progress with the attack;impers., e-m gengr vel (illa), one fares (goes on, gets on) well (badly);13) with acc., ganga e-n á bak, to force one to go backwards (harm gengr bjöninn á bak);14) with dat., to discharge (gekk bann þá blóði);15) with preps. and adverbs:ganga af e-u, to depart from, leave (þá gekk af honum móðrinn);ganga af vitinu, to go out of one’s wits;ganga af trú sinni, to apostatize;to pass (síðan gengu af páskarnir);to go off (gekk þegar af höfuðit);to be left as surplus (þat er af skuldinni gekk);nú gengr honum hey af, now he has some hay left;ganga af sér, to go to extremities, to go beyond oneself (mjök ganga þeir fóstbrœðr nú af sé);ganga aptr, to revert (return) to the former proprietor (síðan gengu þau lönd aptr undir Árna);to be void, annulled (þá skal kaup aptr ganga);of a ghost, to walk again; of a door, to close, shut (gekk eigi aptr hurðin);ganga at e-m, to attack one;ganga at e-u, to agree to, accept a choice or offer (Flosi gekk fljótt at þessu öllu); to fit (skaltu fá mér lukla þá, sem ganga at kistum yðrum);ganga á e-t, to encroach upon (ganga á ríki e-s); to break (ganga á orð sín, eiða, grið, sættir, trygðir); to pierce, penetrate;hann var í panzara, er ekki gekk á, that was proof against any weapons;ganga á vald e-s or e-m, ganga á hönd (hendr) e-m, to submit to, give oneself up to, surrender to one;ganga á bak e-u, to contravene;ganga eptir e-u, to go for, go to fetch (göngum heim eptir verðinu); to pursue, claim;ganga eptir, to prove true, be fulfilled (þetta gekk allt eptir, sem M. sagði fyrir);ganga frá e-u, to part with, lose (sumir munu ganga frá öllu fénu);ganga fram, to step forward;ganga fram vel, to go forward bravely, in a battle;to come to pass, come into execution (skal þess bíða, er þetta gengr fram);to increase (fé Hall gerðar gekk fram ok gørðist allmikit);to depart this life (H. bóndi gengr fram til frænda sinna);ganga fyrir e-n, to present oneself before one (ganga fyrir konung);ganga fyrir e-u, to take charge of, manage (var þar mart fólk, en húsbóndi gekk svá fyrir, at ekkert skorti); to yield to, be swayed by (hann gekk þá fyrir fortölum hennar);ganga í gegn e-m, to set oneself against one;ganga í gegn e-u, to confess, acknowledge;maðr gengr í gegn, at á braut kveðst tekit hafa, the man confessed and said that he had taken it away;ganga í mál, to undertake a case;ganga með e-m (of a woman), to marry;ganga með barni, to be with child;ganga með burði (of animals), to be with young;ganga með e-u, to assist in, plead (ganga með máli, bónorði);ganga milli (á m., í m.), to go between, intercede;ganga móti (á m., í m.) e-m, to go to meet one;ganga móti e-u, to resist, oppose;to confess, = ganga í gegn, ganga við e-u;ganga nær e-m, to be troublesome to one (þótti hón œrit nær ganga Þórgerði);ganga e-m nær, to approach, come near to one (sá hefir á brott komizt, er næst gekk Gunnari um alla hluti);ganga saman, to marry;of an agreement, bargain, to be brought about;saman gekk kaupit með þeim, they came to a bargain;ganga sundr (í s.), to go asunder, part;ganga til, to go up to a thing (gangit til ok hyggit at); of the wind, to veer (veðrit gekk til útsuðrs);e-m gengr e-t til e-s, one has some reason for doing a thing;en þat gekk mér til þess (that was my reason), at ek ann þér eigi;hversu hefir ykkr til gengit, how have you fared?Loka gekk lítt til, it fared ill with L.;ganga um e-t, to go about a thing;ganga um beina, to wait upon guests;ganga um sættir, to go between, as peacemaker;ganga um e-n, to befall, happen to one (þess, er um margan gengr guma); of the wind, to go round, veer (gekk um veðrit ok styrmdi at þeim); to manage (fékk hón svá um gengit, at);ganga undan, to escape to absent oneself;g. undir e-t, to take upon oneself, undertake (a duty);ganga undir e-n, to subject oneself to;ganga upp, to be wasted (of money);to get loose, to he torn loose (þeir glímdu svá at upp gengu stokkar allir á húsinu);of a storm, gale, to get up, rise (veðr gekk upp);of an ice-bound river, áin var gengin upp, swollen with ice;ganga við staf, to walk with a stick;ganga við e-u or e-t, to avow;ganga yfir e-t, to go beyond, disregard (hann vildi eigi ganga yfir þat, er hann vissi réttast);ganga yfir e-n, to overcome, to befall, happen to one;slíkt sem yfir hefir gengit, all that has happened;eitt skal yfir okkr ganga, we shall share one fate;16) refl., gangast.f.1) walking (hann mœddist í göngu);vera í göngu, to be on foot, to walk;2) course (ganga tungls, vinds).* * *pret. gekk or gékk, 2nd pers. gékkt, mod. gékst; pl. gengu, geingu, or géngu, and an old poët. gingu; gengengu in Vsp. 12 is a mere misspelling (vide Sæm. Möb. 258); pres. geng, pl. göngum; pret. subj. gengi (geingi); imperat. gakk and gakktú; with the neg. suffix geng-at, gengr-at, gékk-at, gakk-attu, passim; a middle form göngumk firr, go from me, Gm. 1: a contracted form gá occurs now and then in mod. hymns; it is not vernacular but borrowed from Germ. and Dan.: [cp. Ulf. gaggan; A. S. and Hel. gangan; Scot. and North. E. gang, mod. Engl. go; Dan.-Swed. gange or gå; Germ. gehen; Ivar Aasen ganga: Icel., Scots, and Norsemen have preserved the old ng, which in Germ. and Swed.-Dan. only remains in poetry or in a special sense, e. g. in Germ. compds.]A. To go:I. to walk; reið jarl en Karkr gékk, Fms. i. 210, Rm. 1, 2, 6, 14, 23, 24, 30, Edda 10, Grág. ii. 95, passim; ganga leiðar sinnar, to go one’s way, Fms. x. 290, Krók. 26: adding acc., g. alla leið, Fms. xi. 202, 299; g. berg, to climb a cliff; g. afréttar, to search the fell-pastures (fjallganga), Háv. 39; also g. ( to climb) í fjall, í kletta, Fms. x. 313: Icel. also say, ganga skó og sokka, to wear out shoes and socks; hann gékk tvenna skó; ganga berserks gang, q. v.β. absol. to go a-begging, Grág. i. 226, 232, Ísl. ii. 25; ganga vergang, húsgang, id. (göngumaðr).II. adding adverbs, infinitives, adjectives, or the like,α. an adverb denoting direction; g. út ok inn, Vkv. 4, Lv. 26; g. inn, Fms. i. 16, vi. 33; g. út, to go out, Lat. exire, Nj. 194; g. aptr, to return, Fms. x. 352; g. fram, to step forward, Hm. 1, Eg. 165; g. upp, to go up, ashore; g. ofan, niðr, to go down; g. heiman, 199; g. heim, to go home; gakk hingat, come hither! 488; g. móti, í gegn e-m, to go against, to meet one; g. braut, to go away; g. til e-s, or at e-m, to go to one; g. frá e-m, to leave one; g. með e-m, to go with one; g. hjá, to pass by; g. saman, to go together; g. yfir, to go over; g. gegnum, to go through; g. undir, to go under; g. undan, fyrir, to go before; g. eptir, to go behind; g. um, to rove, stroll about, and so on passim; g. í sæti, to go to one’s seat, take a seat, Eg. 551; g. til hvílu, to go to bed, Nj. 201; g. til matar, to go to dinner, Sturl. iii. 111, Eg. 483; g. til vinnu, verks, to go to one’s work, cp. Hm. 58; g. í kirkju, to go to church, Rb. 82; g. á fjall, to go on the fells, Hrafn. 34; g. á skip, to go on board, Fms. x. 10; g. af skipi, to go ashore.β. with infin., in old poems often dropping ‘at;’ ganga sofa, to go to sleep, Fm. 27; g. at sofa, Hm. 19; g. vega, to go to fight, Vsp. 56, Ls. 15; g. at eiga konu, to go to be married, Grág. i. 318.γ. with an adj.; g. hræddr, to be afraid; g. úviss, to be in ignorance, etc., Fms. vii. 271, Sks. 250, 688.2. in a more special sense; g. til einvígis, bardaga, to go to a duel, battle, Nj. 64; g. á hólm (hólmganga), Eg. 504, 506; g. á eintal, Nj. 103; g. til máls við e-n, to speak to one, Eg. 199, 764; g. í glímu, to go a-wrestling, Ísl. ii. 246; g. á fang, id., Ld. 206; g. í danz, to go a-dancing; g. til skripta, to go to shrift, Hom. 157; g. at brúðkaupi, to go to be married, Fms. vii. 278; g. í skóla, klaustr, to go to school, go into a cloister (as an inmate), (hence skóla-genginn, a school-man, scholar), Bs. passim; g. í þjónustu, to take service, Nj. 268; g. í lið með e-m, to enter one’s party, side with one, 100; g. í lög, to enter a league with one; g. ór lögum, to go out of a league, passim; g. í félag, ór félagi, id.; g. á mala, to take service as a soldier, 121; g. á hönd, g. til handa, to submit to one as a liegeman, surrender, Eg. 19, 33, Ó. H. 184, Fms. vii. 180; g. á vald e-m, to give oneself up, Nj. 267; g. á hendr e-m, to encroach upon, Ver. 56; g. í skuld, to bail, Grág. i. 232, Dipl. ii. 12; g. í trúnað, to warrant, Fms. xi. 356; g. til trygða, Nj. 166, and g. til griða, to accept truce, surrender, Fas. ii. 556; g. í mál, to enter, undertake a case, Nj. 31; g. í ánauð, to go into bondage, Eg. 8; g. til lands, jarðar, ríkis, arfs, to take possession of …, 118, Stj. 380, Grág., Fms. passim; g. til fréttar, to go to an oracle, take auspices, 625. 89; g. til Heljar, a phrase for to die, Fms. x. 414; g. nær, to go nigh, go close to, press hard on, Ld. 146, 322, Fms. xi. 240 (where reflex.); var sá viðr bæði mikill og góðr því at Þorkell gékk nær, Th. kept a close eye on it, Ld. 316.B. Joined with prepp. and adverbs in a metaph. sense:—g. af, to depart from, go off; þá gékk af honum móðrinn ok sefaðisk hann, Edda 28; þá er af honum gékk hamremin, Eg. 125, Eb. 136, Stj. 118; g. af sér, to go out of or beyond oneself; mjök g. þeir svari-bræðr nú af sér, Fbr. 32; í móti Búa er hann gengr af sér ( rages) sem mest, Fb. i. 193; þá gékk mest af sér ranglæti manna um álnir, Bs. i. 135: so in the mod. phrases, g. fram af sér, to overstrain oneself; and g. af sér, to fall off, decay: to forsake, g. af trú, to apostatize, Fms. ii. 213; g. af vitinu, to go out of one’s wits, go mad, Post. 656 C. 31; g. af Guðs boðorðum, Stj. passim: to pass. Páskar g. af, Ld. 200: to be left as surplus (afgangr), Rb. 122, Grág. i. 411, K. Þ. K. 92:—g. aptr, to walk again, of a ghost (aptrganga), Ld. 58, Eb. 278, Fs. 131, 141, passim; and absol., g. um híbýli, to hunt, Landn. 107: to go back, be void, of a bargain, Gþl. 491:—g. at e-m, to go at, attack, Nj. 80, 160: to press on, Grág. i. 51, Dipl. ii. 19 (atgangr): g. at e-u, to accept a choice, Nj. 256; g. at máli, to assist, help, 207: to fit, of a key, lykla þá sem g. at kístum yðrum, Finnb. 234, Fbr. 46 new Ed., N. G. L. i. 383: medic. to ail, e-ð gengr at e-m; ok gengr at barni, and if the bairn ails, 340, freq. in mod. usage of ailment, grief, etc.:—g. á e-t, to go against, encroach upon; ganga á ríki e-s, Fms. i. 2; g. upp á, to tread upon, vii. 166; hverr maðr er ólofat gengr á mál þeirra, who trespasses against their measure, Grág. i. 3: to break, g. á orð, eiða, sættir, trygðir, grið, Finnb. 311, Fms. i. 189, Ld. 234; g. á bak e-u, to contravene, Ísl. ii. 382; ganga á, to go on with a thing, Grág. ii. 363; hence the mod. phrase, mikið gengr á, much going on; hvað gengr á, what is going on? það er farið að g. á það (of a task or work or of stores), it is far advanced, not much left:—g. eptir, to go after, pursue, claim (eptirgangr), Nj. 154, Þórð. 67, Fms. vii. 5; g. eptir e-m, to humour one who is cross, in the phrase, g. eptir e-m með grasið í skónum; vertu ekki að g. eptir stráknum; hann vill láta g. eptir ser (of a spoilt boy, cross fellow): to prove true, follow, hón mælti mart, en þó gékk þat sumt eptir, Nj. 194; eptir gékk þat er mér bauð hugr um, Eg. 21, Fms. x. 211:—g. fram, to go on well in a battle, Nj. 102, 235, Háv. 57 (framgangr): to speed, Nj. 150, Fms. xi. 427: to grow, increase (of stock), fé Hallgerðar gékk fram ok varð allmikit, Nj. 22; en er fram gékk mjök kvikfé Skallagríms, Eg. 136, Vígl. 38: to come to pass, skal þess bíða er þetta gengr fram, Nj. 102, Fms. xi. 22: to die, x. 422:—g. frá, to leave (a work) so and so; g. vel frá, to make good work; g. ílla frá, to make bad work; það er ílla frá því gengið, it is badly done:—g. fyrir, to go before, to yield to, to be swayed by a thing; heldr nú við hót, en ekki geng ek fyrir slíku, Fms. i. 305; þó at vér gangim heldr fyrir blíðu en stríðu, ii. 34, Fb. i. 378, Hom. 68; hvárki gékk hann fyrir blíðyrðum né ógnarmálum, Fms. x. 292; hann gékk þá fyrir fortülum hennar, Bs. i. 742: in mod. usage reflex., gangast fyrir íllu, góðu: to give away, tók hann þá at ganga fyrir, Fb. i. 530: Icel. now say, reflex., gangast fyrir, to fall off, from age or the like (vide fyrirgengiligr): to prevent, skal honum þá eigi fyrnska fyrir g., N. G. L. i. 249; þá er hann sekr þrem mörkum nema nauðsyn gangi fyrir, 14; at þeim gangi lögleg forföll fyrir, Gþl. 12:—g. í gegn, to go against, to meet, in mod. usage to deny, and so it seems to be in Gþl. 156; otherwise in old writers it always means the reverse, viz. to avow, confess; maðr gengr í gegn, at á braut kveðsk tekit hafa, the man confessed and said that he had taken it away, Ísl. ii. 331; ef maðr gengr í gegn legorðinu, Grág. i. 340; sá goði er í gegn gékk ( who acknowledged) þingfesti hans, 20; hann iðraðisk úráðs síns, ok gékk í gegn at hann hefði saklausan selt herra sinn, Sks. 584,—this agrees with the parallel phrase, g. við e-t, mod. g. við e-u, to confess, both in old and mod. usage, id.:—g. hjá, to pass by, to waive a thing, Fms. vi. 168:—g. með, to go with one, to wed, marry (only used of a woman, like Lat. nubere), þú hefir þvert tekit at g. með mér, Ld. 262, Sd. 170, Grág. i. 178, Þiðr. 209, Gkv. 2. 27, Fms. xi. 5: medic., g. með barni, to go with child, i. 57; with acc. (barn), Bs. i. 790, and so in mod. usage; a mother says, sama sumarið sem eg gékk með hann (hana) N. N., (meðgöngutími); but dat. in the phrase, vera með barni, to be with child; g. með burði, of animals, Sks. 50, Stj. 70; g. með máli, to assist, plead, Eg. 523, Fms. xi. 105, Eb. 210; g. með e-u, to confess [Dan. medgaae], Stj., but rare and not vernacular:—g. milli, to go between, intercede, esp. as a peacemaker, passim (milli-ganga, meðal-ganga):—g. í móti, to resist, Nj. 90, 159, 171: of the tide, en þar gékk í móti útfalls-straumr, Eg. 600:—g. saman, to go together, marry, Grág. i. 324, Fms. xi. 77: of a bargain, agreement, við þetta gékk saman sættin, Nj. 250; saman gékk kaupit með þeim, 259:—g. sundr, to go asunder, part, and of a bargain, to be broken off, passim:—g. til, to step out, come along; gangit til, ok blótið, 623. 59; gangit til, ok hyggit at, landsmenn, Fms. iv. 282: to offer oneself, to volunteer, Bs. i. 23, 24: the phrase, e-m gengr e-ð til e-s, to purpose, intend; en þat gékk mér til þess ( that was my reason) at ek ann þér eigi, etc., Ísl. ii. 269; sagði, at honum gékk ekki ótrúnaðr til þessa, Fms. x. 39; gékk Flosa þat til, at …, Nj. 178; gengr mér meirr þat til, at ek vilda firra vini mína vandræðum, Fms. ii. 171; mælgi gengr mér til, ‘tis that I have spoken too freely, Orkn. 469, Fms. vi. 373, vii. 258: to fare, hversu hefir ykkr til gengið, how have you fared? Grett. 48 new Ed.; Loka gékk lítt til, it fared ill with L., Fb. i. 276: mod., þat gékk svá til, it so happened, but not freq., as bera við is better, (tilgangr, intention):—g. um e-t, to go about a thing; g. um sættir, to go between, as peacemaker, Fms. v. 156; g. um beina, to attend guests, Nj. 50, passim: to manage, fékk hón svá um gengit, Grett. 197 new Ed.; hversu þér genguð um mitt góðs, 206: to spread over, in the phrase, má þat er um margan gengr; þess er um margan gengr guma, Hm. 93: to veer, go round, of the wind, gékk um veðrit ok styrmdi at þeim, the wind went round and a gale met them, Bs. i. 775:—g. undan, to go before, escape, Ver. 15, Fms. vii. 217, Blas. 49: to be lost, wasted, jafnmikit sem undan gékk af hans vanrækt, Gþl. 338: to absent oneself, eggjuðusk ok báðu engan undan g., Fms. x. 238:—g. undir, to undertake a duty, freq.: to set, of the sun, Rb. 468, Vígl. (in a verse): to go into one’s possession, power, Fms. vii. 207;—g. upp, to be wasted, of money, Fær. 39, Fms. ix. 354: of stones or earth-bound things, to get loose, be torn loose, þeir glímdu svá at upp gengu stokkar allir í húsinu, Landn. 185; flest gékk upp þat sem fyrir þeim varð, Háv. 40, Finnb. 248; ok gékk ór garðinum upp ( was rent loose) garðtorfa frosin, Eb. 190: to rise, yield, when summoned, Sturl. iii. 236: of a storm, gale, to get up, rise, veðr gékk upp at eins, Grett. 94, Bárð. 169; gengr upp stormr hinn sami, Bs. ii. 50: of an ice-bound river, to swell, áin var ákafliga mikil, vóru höfuðísar at báðum-megin, en gengin upp ( swoln with ice) eptir miðju, Ld. 46, Fbr. 20 new Ed., Bjarn. 52; vötnin upp gengin, Fbr. 114; áin var gengin upp ok íll yfirferðar, Grett. 134:—g. við, in the phrase, g. við staf, to go with a staff, rest on it: with dat., g. við e-u, to avow (vide ganga í gegn above):—g. yfir, to spread, prevail, áðr Kristnin gengi yfir, Fms. x. 273; hétu á heiðin goð til þess at þau léti eigi Kristnina g. yfir landit, Bs. i. 23: the phrase, láta eitt g. yfir báða, to let one fate go over both, to stand by one another for weal and woe; hefi ek því heitið honum at eitt skyldi g. yfir okkr bæði, Nj. 193, 201, 204, Gullþ. 8: so in the saying, má þat er yfir margan gengr, a common evil is easier to bear, Fbr. 45 new Ed. (vide um above); muntu nú verða at segja slíkt sem yfir hefir gengið, all that has happened, Fms. xi. 240; þess gengr ekki yfir þá at þeir vili þeim lengr þjóna, they will no longer serve them, come what may, Orkn. 84: to overrun, tyrannize over, þeir vóru ójafnaðar menn ok ganga þar yfir alla menn, Fms. x. 198 (yfirgangr): to transgress, Hom. 109: to overcome, þótti öllum mönnum sem hann mundi yfir allt g., Fms. vii. 326: a naut. term, to dash over, as spray, áfall svá mikit at yfir gékk þegar skipit, Bs. i. 422; hence the metaph. phrase, g. yfir e-n, to be astonished; það gengr yfir mig, it goes above me, I am astonished.C. Used singly, of various things:1. of cattle, horses, to graze (haga-gangr); segja menn at svín hans gengi á Svínanesi, en sauðir á Hjarðarnesi, Landn. 124, Eg. 711; kálfrinn óx skjótt ok gékk í túni um sumarit, Eb. 320; Freyfaxi gengr í dalnum fram, Hrafn. 6; þar var vanr at g. hafr um túnit, Nj. 62; þar var til grass (görs) at g., Ld. 96, Grág. passim; gangandi gripr, cattle, beasts, Bjarn. 22; ganganda fé, id., Sturl. i. 83, Band. 2, Ísl. ii. 401.2. of shoals of fish, to go up, in a river or the like (fiski-ganga, -gengd); vötn er netnæmir fiskar g. í, Grág. i. 149; til landauðnar horfði í Ísafirði áðr fiskr gékk upp á Kvíarmiði, Sturl. ii. 177; fiskr er genginn inn ór álum, Bb. 3. 52.3. of the sun, stars, vide B. above, (sólar-gangr hæstr, lengstr, and lægstr skemstr = the longest and shortest day); áðr sól gangi af Þingvelli, Grág. i. 24; því at þar gékk eigi sól af um skamdegi, Landn. 140, Rb. passim:—of a thunder-storm, þar gékk reiði-duna með eldingu, Fb. iii. 174:—of the tide, stream, water, vide B. above, eða gangi at vötn eða skriður, K. Þ. K. 78.4. of a ship, gékk þá skipit mikit, Eg. 390, Fms. vi. 249; létu svá g. suðr fyrir landit, Eg. 78; lét svá g. suðr allt þar til er hann sigldi í Englands-haf, Ó. H. 149; réru nótt ok dag sem g. mátti, Eg. 88; gékk skipit brátt út á haf, Ó. H. 136.β. to pass; kvað engi skip skyldi g. (go, pass) til Íslands þat sumar, Ld. 18.II. metaph. to run out, stretch out, project, of a landscape or the like; gengr haf fyrir vestan ok þar af firðir stórir, Eg. 57; g. höf stór ór útsjánum inn í jörðina; haf (the Mediterranean) gengr af Njörva-sundum (the Straits of Gibraltar), Hkr. i. 5; nes mikit gékk í sæ út, Eg. 129, Nj. 261; í gegnum Danmörk gengr sjór (the Baltic) í Austrveg, A. A. 288; fyrir austan hafs-botn þann (Bothnia) er gengr til móts við Gandvík (the White Sea), Orkn. begin.: frá Bjarmalandi g. lönd til úbygða, A. A. 289; Europa gengr allt til endimarka Hispaniae, Stj. 83; öllum megin gengr at henni haf ok kringir um hana, 85; þessi þinghá gékk upp ( extended) um Skriðudal, Hrafn. 24: of houses, af fjósi gékk forskáli, Dropl. 28.2. to spread, branch out; en af því tungurnar eru ólíkar hvár annarri, þær þegar, er ór einni ok hinni sömu hafa gengit eða greinzt, þá þarf ólíka stafi í at hafa, Skálda (Thorodd) 160: of a narrative, gengr þessi saga mest af Sverri konungi, this story goes forth from him, i. e. relates to, tells of him, Fb. ii. 533; litlar sögur megu g. af hesti mínum, Nj. 90; um fram alla menn Norræna þá er sögur g. frá, Fms. i. 81.III. to take the lead, prevail; gékk þaðan af í Englandi Valska, thereafter (i. e. after the Conquest) the Welsh tongue prevailed in England, Ísl. ii. 221; ok þar allt sem Dönsk tunga gengi, Fms. xi. 19; meðan Dönsk tunga gengr, x. 179:—of money, to be current, hundrað aura þá er þá gengu í gjöld, Dropl. 16; eigi skulu álnar g. aðrar en þessar, Grág. i. 498; í þenna tíð gékk hér silfr í allar stórskuldir, 500, Fms. viii. 270; eptir því sem gengr ( the course) flestra manna í millum, Gþl. 352:—of laws, to be valid, ok var nær sem sín lög gengi í hverju fylki, Fms. iv. 18; Óðinn setti lög í landi sínu þau er gengit höfðu fyrr með Ásum, Hkr. i. 13; þeirra laga er gengu á Uppsala-þingi, Ó. H. 86; hér hefir Kristindóms-bálk þann er g. skal, N. G. L. i. 339; sá siðr er þá gékk, Fb. i. 71, (vide ganga yfir):—of sickness, plague, famine, to rage, þá gékk landfarsótt, bóla, drepsótt, hallæri, freq.; also impers., gékk því hallæri um allt Ísland, Bs. i. 184; mikit hallæri ok hart gékk yfir fólkið, 486, v. l.; gékk sóttin um haustið fyrir sunnan land; þá gékk mest plágan fyrri, Ann. 1402, 1403.IV. to go on, last, in a bad sense, of an evil; tókst síðan bardagi, ok er hann hafði gengit um hríð, Fs. 48: impers., hefir þessu gengit ( it has gone on) marga manns-aldra, Fms. i. 282; gékk því lengi, so it went on a long while, Grett. 79 new Ed.; gékk þessu enn til dags, Nj. 272; ok gékk því um hríð, 201; ok gékk því allan þann dag, Fms. vii. 147; lát því g. í allt sumar, xi. 57; gengr þessu þar til er …, Fb. i. 258.V. denoting violence; létu g. bæði grjót ok vápn, Eg. 261; létu þá hvárir-tveggju g. allt þat er til vápna höfðu, Fms. ix. 44; láta höggin g., to let it rain blows, Úlf. 12. 40; háðung, spottyrði, hróp ok brigzl hver lét með öðrum g. á víxl, Pass. 14. 3, (vápna-gangr); Birkibeinar róa þá eptir, ok létu g. lúðrana, and sounded violently the alarum, Fms. ix. 50, (lúðra-gangr); láta dæluna g., to pour out bad language, vide dæla.VI. to be able to go on, to go, partly impers.; ef þat gengr eigi, if that will not do, Fms. vi. 284; svá þykt at þeim gékk þar ekki at fara, they stood so close that they could not proceed there, Nj. 247; þá nam þar við, gékk þá eigi lengra, there was a stop; then it could go no farther, Fms. xi. 278; leiddu þeir skipit upp eptir ánni, svá sem gékk, as far as the ship could go, as far as the river was navigable, Eg. 127: esp. as a naut. term, impers., e. g. þeim gékk ekki fyrir nesið, they could not clear the ness; þá gengr eigi lengra, ok fella þeir þá seglið, Bs. i. 423; at vestr gengi um Langanes, 485, v. l.VII. with adverbs; g. létt, fljótt, to go smoothly; g. þungt, seint, to go slowly; oss munu öll vápna-viðskipti þungt g. við þá, Nj. 201; þungt g. oss nú málaferlin, 181; gékk þeim lítt atsóknin, Stj. 385; at þeim feðgum hefði þá allir hlutir léttast gengit, Bs. i. 274; seint gengr, Þórir, greizlan, Ó. H. 149; g. betr, verr, to get the better, the worse; gékk Ribbungum betr í fyrstu, Fms. ix. 313; gengu ekki mjök kaupin, the bargain did not go well, Nj. 157, cp. ganga til (B. above):—to turn out, hversu g. mundi orrostan, 273; gékk þá allt eptir því sem Hallr hafði sagt, 256; ef kviðir g. í hag sækjanda, if the verdict goes for the plaintiff, Grág. i. 87; þótti þetta mál hafa gengit at óskum, Dropl. 14; mart gengr verr en varir, a saying, Hm. 39; þykir honum nú at sýnu g. ( it seems to him evident) at hann hafi rétt hugsað, Fms. xi. 437; g. andæris, to go all wrong, Am. 14; g. misgöngum, to go amiss, Grág. i. 435; g. e-m í tauma, to turn false ( crooked); þat mun mér lítt í tauma g. er Rútr segir, Nj. 20; g. ofgangi, to go too high, Fms. vii. 269.VIII. of a blow or the like; hafði gengit upp á miðjan fetann, the axe went in up to the middle of the blade, Nj. 209; gékk þegar á hol, 60; gékk í gegnum skjöldinn, 245, Fb. i. 530.IX. of law; láta próf g., to make an enquiry; láta vátta g., to take evidence, D. N.X. to be gone, be lost; gékk hér með holdit niðr at beini, the flesh was torn off, Fb. i. 530: esp. in pass. part. genginn, dead, gone, eptir genginn guma, Hm. 71; moldar-genginn, buried, Sl. 60; hel-genginn, 68; afli genginn, gone from strength, i. e. powerless, Skv. 3. 13.β. gone, past; gengið er nú það görðist fyr, a ditty; mér er gengið heimsins hjól, gone for me is the world’s wheel ( luck), a ditty.XI. used as transit. with acc.; hann gengr björninn á bak aptr, he broke the bear’s back in grappling with him, Finnb. 248; ok gengr hana á bak, ok brýtr í sundr í henni hrygginn, Fb. i. 530.2. medic. with dat. to discharge; ganga blóði, to discharge blood (Dan. blodgang), Bs. i. 337, 383; Arius varð bráðdauðr ok gékk ór sér öllum iðrum, Ver. 47.D. REFLEX.:I. singly, gangask, to be altered, to change, be corrupted; gangask í munni, of tradition; var þat löng ævi, ok vant at sögurnar hefði eigi gengisk í munni, Ó. H. pref.; má því eigi þetta mál í munni gengisk hafa, Fb. ii. Sverr. S. pref.; ok mættim vér ráða um nokkut, at málit gengisk, that the case could miscarry, be lost, Glúm. 380:—láta gangask, to let pass. waive; lét Páll þá g. þá hluti er áðr höfðu í millum staðit, Sturl. i. 102; ef þú lætr eigi g. þat er ek kref þik, Fms. xi. 61.2. e-m gengsk hugr við e-t, to change one’s mind, i. e. to be moved to compassion, yield; sótti hón þá svá at honum gékksk hugr við, Eb. 264; þá gékksk Þorgerði hugr við harma-tölur hans, Ld. 232; ok mun honum g. hugr við þat, svá at hann mun fyrirgefa þér, Gísl. 98; nú sem hann grét, gékksk Ísak hugr við, Stj. 167; er sendimaðr fann at Birni gékksk hugr við féit, Ó. H. 194; við slíkar fortölur hennar gékksk Einari hugr (E. was swayed) til ágirni, Orkn. 24.II. with prepp. (cp. B. above); gangask at, to ‘go at it,’ engage in a fight; nú gangask þeir at fast, Dropl. 24, Ísl. ii. 267; gengusk menn at sveitum, of wrestlers, they wrestled one with another in sections (Dan. flokkevis), Glúm. 354; þeir gengusk at lengi, Finnb. 248:—gangask fyrir, vide B. above:—gangask í gegn, at móti, to stand against, fight against; at vér látim ok eigi þá ráða er mest vilja í gegn gangask (i. e. the extreme on each side), Íb. 12, cp. Fms. ii. 241; at þeir skipaði til um fylkingar sínar, hverjar sveitir móti skyldi g., i. e. to pair the combatants off, ix. 489; þeir risu upp ok gengusk at móti, Stj. 497. 2 Sam. ii. 15:—g. nær, to come to close quarters (Lat. cominus gerere), Nj. 176, Fms. xi. 240:—gangask á, to dash against one another, to split; á gengusk eiðar, the oaths were broken, Vsp. 30: to be squared off against one another, sú var görð þeirra, at á gengusk vígin húskarlanna, Rd. 288; ekki er annars getið en þeir léti þetta á gangask, i. e. they let it drop, Bjarn. 47; gangask fyrir, to fall off, Fms. iii. 255:—gangask við, to grow, gain strength; áðr en við gengisk hans bæn, before his prayer should be fulfilled, x. 258; ef þat er ætlað at trúa þessi skuli við g., Nj. 162; hétu þeir fast á guðin, at þau skyldi eigi láta við garrgask Kristniboð Ólafs konungs, Fms. ii. 32; þetta gékksk við um öll þau fylki, vii. 300; mikit gékksk Haraldr við (H. grew fast) um vöxt ok afl, Fb. i. 566; Eyvindr hafði mikið við gengizk um menntir, E. had much improved himself in good breeding, Hrafn. 24; vildi hann prófa hvárr þeirra meira hafði við gengisk, which of them had gained most strength, Grett. 107: to be in vogue, in a bad sense, ok löngum við gengisk öfund ok rangindi, Fms. i. 221, cp. Pass. 37. 7:—gangask ór stað, to be removed, Fms. xi. 107.III. in the phrase, e-m gengsk vel, ílla, it goes well, ill with one, Hom. 168, Am. 53; ílls gengsk þér aldri, nema …, the evil will never leave thee, thou wilt never be happy, unless …, 65.
Страницы
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
The World of Kong — The World of Kong: A Natural History of Skull Island is a 2005 encyclopedic book, made for the release of Peter Jackson s King Kong. The book tells all about King Kong s fictional world. It talks about everything on Skull Island, from the… … Wikipedia
The World (South African newspaper) — The World, originally named The Bantu World, was the Johannesburg black daily newspaper which published photographer Sam Nzima s iconic image of Hector Pieterson, taken during the Soweto uprisings of June 16, 1976. History The Bantu World was… … Wikipedia
The Light of the World (Sullivan) — The Light of the World is an oratorio composed in 1873 by Arthur Sullivan. Sullivan wrote the libretto with the assistance of George Grove, based on the New Testament. The story of the oratorio narrates the whole life of Christ, focusing on his… … Wikipedia
The World's Largest Outdoor Cocktail Party — is a common name for the annual college football game between the University of Florida Gators and the University of Georgia Bulldogs, one of the great rivalries in college football; it is officially known as the Florida Georgia/Georgia Florida… … Wikipedia
The Great Depression and the World Wars in Arizona — In 1912, women in Arizona gained the right to vote, and in 1917, World War I brought an economic boom to Arizona. It recovered from The Great Depression with the New Deal and another economic boom after World War II, leading the cotton, copper,… … Wikipedia
The Eye of the World — infobox Book | name = The Eye of the World orig title = translator = image caption = Original cover of The Eye of the World , prominently featuring Moiraine and Lan author = Robert Jordan cover artist = Darrell K. Sweet country = United States… … Wikipedia
The World at the End of Time — infobox Book | name = The World at the End of Time title orig = translator = image caption = Cover of first edition (hardcover) author = Frederik Pohl cover artist = country = United States language = English series = genre = Science fiction… … Wikipedia
The VFL during the World Wars — The Victorian Football League (VFL) was heavily affected by both World War I and World War II. Dozens of players served their country abroad and many lost their lives. On the home front the VFL went ahead during these wars but faced many… … Wikipedia
Christmas gift-bringers around the world — Scandinavian Christmas gift bringer, a Christmas dwarf. Many fictional Christmas gift bringers exist around the world. Contents 1 Christmas gift bringers around the world … Wikipedia
Daylight saving time around the world — legend|#c00000|Areas that never had DST Daylight saving time around the world, showing usage and a short history by location in alphabetic order. Africa The only African countries which use daylight saving time are: *Canary Islands From last… … Wikipedia
History of the world — The history of the world [Williams, H. S. (1904). The historians history of the world; a comprehensive narrative of the rise and development of nations as recorded by over two thousand of the great writers of all ages. New York: The Outlook… … Wikipedia
